WO2022146701A1 - Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use - Google Patents

Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022146701A1
WO2022146701A1 PCT/US2021/063711 US2021063711W WO2022146701A1 WO 2022146701 A1 WO2022146701 A1 WO 2022146701A1 US 2021063711 W US2021063711 W US 2021063711W WO 2022146701 A1 WO2022146701 A1 WO 2022146701A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
skin
acid
copolymer
skin tightening
acrylate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/063711
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jotie SAINI
Alexandra FARRAN
Original Assignee
L'oreal
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/136,353 external-priority patent/US20220202691A1/en
Priority claimed from FR2101952A external-priority patent/FR3120196B1/en
Application filed by L'oreal filed Critical L'oreal
Priority to JP2023539269A priority Critical patent/JP2024501018A/en
Priority to KR1020237025657A priority patent/KR20230126731A/en
Priority to CN202180094872.7A priority patent/CN116887809A/en
Priority to EP21839300.7A priority patent/EP4271358A1/en
Publication of WO2022146701A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022146701A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/31Hydrocarbons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8129Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical; Compositions of hydrolysed polymers or esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers, e.g. polyvinylmethylether
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8141Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • A61K8/8152Homopolymers or copolymers of esters, e.g. (meth)acrylic acid esters; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/87Polyurethanes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • A61K8/891Polysiloxanes saturated, e.g. dimethicone, phenyl trimethicone, C24-C28 methicone or stearyl dimethicone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • A61K8/895Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to unsaturated aliphatic groups, e.g. vinyl dimethicone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/02Preparations for care of the skin for chemically bleaching or whitening the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/08Anti-ageing preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/40Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of particular ingredients
    • A61K2800/42Colour properties
    • A61K2800/43Pigments; Dyes

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to skin tightening compositions for application to the skin for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, for example, by reducing the appearance of wrinkles, eye bags, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness.
  • Skin produces less collagen and elastin as it ages. For example, after the age of twenty, a person (human) produces about 1 percent less collagen in the skin each year. As a result, the skin becomes thinner and more fragile. Inevitably, wrinkles, crow’s feet, age-spots, eye bags, and the like, begin to form.
  • Make-up products are often visible, offer minimal texture benefits, and have no long-term lasting effect on the skin. After removal of the make-up, the skin looks the same as before the make-up was applied.
  • Common skin care products can have chronic, acute or both effects on the skin. Hydration and optical effects are common acute benefits, but these benefits quickly wear-off over time.
  • film-forming polymers are chemical compositions that when applied to skin, leave a pliable, cohesive and continuous covering. A select group of film-forming polymers are also adhesive to the skin and contractile.
  • emulsion based formulations developed to conceal fine lines, wrinkles and under-eye bags and dark circles include hydrophobic film formers in the external oil phase.
  • the present invention is different from the prior art due to the presence of hydrophilic film formers in the aqueous phase of the w/o emulsion which reinforce the mechanical integrity of the resulting film, a feature not present in the prior art.
  • This invention aims to improve the performance of prior film technologies that only include film formers in the oil phase.
  • the additional film former in the aqueous phase reinforces the film after application making it mechanically more robust and longer lasting.
  • the instant disclosure is directed to skin tightening compositions for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, e.g., by reducing the appearance skin imperfections like fine lines, wrinkles, eye bags, sagging skin, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness, such that the results last at least the whole day.
  • Skin tightening compositions typically include:
  • Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) from about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) from about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils;
  • Aqueous phase comprising a) From about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with a Tg less than about 80°C; and wherein all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the composition typically provides a tightening of the skin by smoothing wrinkles, under eye bags, hide dark circles but also cover imperfections (pimples) upon application to the skin.
  • the composition may comprise one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers selected from trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer , acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer, acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, C30-45 alkyldimethylsilylpolypropylsilsequixane, trimethylsilsesquixane, polypropylsilsesquixane, acrylates/dimethicone copolymer, octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VA/butyl maleate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/t-butylacrylamide copolymer, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acrylate copolymer
  • the one or more thickening agents are selected from polyamide-8, hydrogenated styrene/isoprene copolymer, nylon-611/dimethicone copolymer, dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer, dimethicone crosspolymer, VP/EICOSENE copolymer, silicone elastomer, emulsifying silicone elastomers, fumed silicas, hydrophobically modified silica, silica silylate, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate, an activated clay, disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite,
  • the one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils are chosen from an isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof.
  • the one or more hydrophilic film former with a Tg less than about 80°C is chosen from polyurethanes, hydrophilic acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol and mixture thereof.
  • the one or more hydrophilic film former is present from about 2 wt.% to about 45 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the skin tightening composition may comprise one or more inorganic pigments.
  • the one or more inorganic pigments are selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, Titanium dioxide-coated mica, Iron oxide-coated mica, Titanium dioxidecoated alumina, Iron oxide-coated almina, aluminum hydroxide, chromium oxide, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, chromium hydrate, ferric blue, aluminum powder, copper powder, silver powder, gold powder, barium sulfate, carbon black, and mixture thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition may include a nonvolatile fatty compound.
  • the skin tightening composition may comprise about 0.1 to about 20 wt.% of a non-volatile fatty compound based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the one or more non-volatile fatty compounds are chosen from polyolefins (petoleum), waxes, squalane, squalene, hydrogenated polyisobutene, hydrogenated polydecene, polybutene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, dimethicone, and a mixture thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition may include a nonionic surfactant.
  • the skin tightening composition may include a filler.
  • the one or more fillers is chosen from nylon-12, cellulose, methacrylate crosspolymer (such as, methyl methacrylate crosspolymer), silicone powder (such as, polymethylsisesquioxane), sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2, and a mixture thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition may include one or more active compounds.
  • the skin tightening compositions may include:
  • Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils selected from isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof;
  • the skin tightening compositions may include: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickeners; c) about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils; d) about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; e) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with Tg less than about 80°C; and all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • Methods for improving the appearance of skin typically include the application of a skin tightening composition of the disclosure to skin.
  • the method for improving the appearance of skin may comprise: reducing the appearance of fine lines of the skin; reducing the appearance of wrinkles of the skin; improving the tone of skin and/or improving the evenness of skin tone; improving skin softness and/or smoothness; reducing the appearance of eye bags; reducing the appearance of dark circles around and/or below the eyes; reducing the appearance of pores and/or scars; and/or increasing the radiance, luminosity, and/or glow of the skin.
  • FIG. 1 graphically shows an undisturbed film, crazing of film under uniaxial stretch, and cracking of film under uniaxial stretch. It should be understood that the various aspects are not limited to the arrangements and instrumentality shown in the drawings.
  • the instant disclosure is directed to skin tightening compositions for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, e.g., by reducing the appearance skin imperfections like fine lines, wrinkles, eye bags, sagging skin, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness, such that the results last at least the whole day
  • hydrophilic film formers in the aqueous phase reinforce the film after application making it mechanically more robust and longer lasting.
  • the films formed on the skin are particularly long lasting, and are not prone to dry-out, whitening, cracking, or peeling. Instead, they remain flexible (elastic), durable, and comfortable.
  • the compositions (and resulting films) hydrate, protect and conceal the underlying skin.
  • Skin tightening compositions typically include:
  • Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) from about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) from about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils;
  • Aqueous phase comprising a) From about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with a Tg less than about 80°C; and wherein all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the composition typically provides a tightening of the skin by smoothing wrinkles, under eye bags, hide dark circles but also cover imperfections (pimples) upon application to the skin.
  • the skin tightening compositions may be in the form of an emulsion, for example, a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion. In some instances, a water-in-oil emulsion is preferred.
  • Suitable components such as those listed below, may be included or excluded from the formulations for the skin-tightening compositions depending on the specific combination of other components, the form of the skin-tightening compositions, and/or the use of the formulation.
  • the hydrophobic film forming polymers are present in the oil phase of the skin tightening composition.
  • the skin tightening composition includes one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers.
  • the film forming polymers may be present in the skin tightening composition in an amount of about at least 5 wt.%.
  • the total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers in the cosmetic compositions can vary but is typically at least 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. More specifically, the total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers may be at least 5 wt.% to about 40 wt.%, at least 5 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, at least 5 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
  • the total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers may be about 5 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, about 5 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, about 5 wt.%, to about 20 wt.%, about 5 wt.% to about 15 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 20 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 15 wt.%, or about 7 wt.% to about 14 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
  • the total amount of film-forming polymer is substantially acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer.
  • the film-forming polymer may consist essentially of or consist of acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer.
  • the skin-tightening composition may include acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer in any of the amounts listed above for the film-forming polymer(s).
  • the film-forming polymers may include one or more film-forming polymers in addition to the acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer.
  • film-forming polymer or “film former” mean a polymer that is capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliary film-forming agent, a macroscopically continuous deposit on a support, especially on keratin materials, and preferably a cohesive deposit, and better still a deposit whose cohesion and mechanical properties are such that said deposit may be isolable and manipulable in isolation, for example when said deposit is prepared by pouring onto a non-stick surface, for instance a Teflon-coated or silicone-coated surface.
  • the total amount of film-forming polymer is substantially acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer.
  • the film-forming polymer may consist essentially of or consist of acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer.
  • the skin-tightening composition may include acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer in any of the amounts listed above for the film-forming polymer(s).
  • hydrophobic film-forming polymer denotes a film-forming polymer that has no or limited affinity for water and, in this respect, does not lend itself to a formulation in the form of a solute in an aqueous medium.
  • hydrophobic polymer means a polymer having a solubility in water at 25°C of less than 1 % by weight.
  • the additional film-forming polymer may comprise or be chosen from any of the film-forming polymers described in PCT/EP2020/068143, which is incorporated herein in its entirety for all purposes.
  • the additional film-forming polymer(s) may be in an oil dispersion comprising one or more particles of at least one polymer surface- stabilized with at least one stabilizer in a preferably anhydrous medium.
  • the aqueous dispersion may contain a hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance.
  • the dispersions may consist of particles, which are generally spherical, and contain at least one surface-stabilized polymer, in an anhydrous medium.
  • the oily dispersion includes from 60% to 98% by weight, notably from 75% to 96% of monomers a) to c), as discussed below, relative to the total weight of polymers contained in said dispersion.
  • the polymer particles i) of the dispersion (A) preferably have a numbermean size ranging from 5 to 500 nm, notably ranging from 10 to 400 nm and better still ranging from 20 to 300 nm.
  • the final particle size is preferably greater than 100 nm.
  • the number-mean size ranges from 100 nm to 500 nm, more particularly ranges from 150 nm to 400 nm and even more particularly ranges from 160 nm to 300 nm.
  • the film-forming polymer, or particles thereof may be chosen from one or more of the following: a) ethylenic homopolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate ethylenic homopolymers; b) ethylenic copolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate, and of (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylic acid, preferably (meth)acrylic acid ethylenic copolymers; and c) ethylenic copolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate ethylenic copolymers.
  • the film-forming polymer is an ethylenic acrylate homopolymer resulting from the polymerization of an identical monomer having a structure according to the formula (I), below. in which formula (I):
  • - R represents a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl
  • - R’ represents a (Ci-Cis)alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl, preferably monomer of formula (I) is a C1-C18 alkyl acrylate such as methyl acrylate.
  • the film-forming polymer may be ethylenic acrylate copolymer b) resulting from the polymerization:
  • H 2 C C
  • the amount of acrylic acid ranges from 0.1 % to 15% by weight relative to the weight of monomers of the particle i) and the polymer of the particles i) is in particular a copolymer derived from the copolymerization of acrylic acid with one or more C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers chosen in particular from methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the polymer constituting the particles i) is an ethylenic acrylate copolymer b) derived from the polymerization:
  • the polymer of the particles i) is a polymer derived from C1-C18 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers.
  • the monomers are preferably chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n- propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate and tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylateand more preferentially chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate and stearyl (meth)acrylate.
  • a C1-C4 alkyl acrylate monomer is used.
  • the monomers are chosen from methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate.
  • a C1-C18 alkyl methacrylate monomer is also particularly used.
  • the monomers are chosen from methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate and stearyl methacrylate, more particularly stearyl methacrylate.
  • the film-forming polymer includes from 2% to 40% by weight, in particular 4% to 25%, notably from 5% to 20% by weight of (C9-C22)alkyl (C1- Ce)(alkyl)acrylate monomers included in group d) or e) disclosed above, based on the total weight of film-forming polymers.
  • the particles i) include b) ethylenic copolymers of b1 ) (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate and of b2) ethylenic monomers comprising one or more carboxyl, anhydride, phosphoric acid, sulfonic acid and/or aryl groups such as benzyl.
  • the ethylenic monomers may comprise one or more carboxyl, anhydride, phosphoric acid, sulfonic acid, and/or aryl groups chosen from (1 ), (2), (3), (4) and (5), which are described below:
  • R 1 (R 2 )C C(R 3 )-Acid with R 1 , R 2 and R 3 representing a hydrogen atom or a CO2H, H2PO4 or SO3H group, and Acid representing a carboxyl, phosphoric acid or sulfonic acid, preferably carboxyl, it being understood that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 cannot simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom;
  • H2C C(R)-C(O)-N(R')-Alk-Acid with R and R', which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group;
  • Aik represents a (Ci-Ce)alkylene group optionally substituted with at least one group chosen from Acid as defined previously and hydroxyl; and Acid is as defined previously, preferably carboxyl or sulfonic acid;
  • R a , R b and R c which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, and Ar representing an aryl group, preferably benzyl, optionally substituted with at least one acid group CO2H, H2PO4, or SO3H, preferably substituted with a CO2H or SO3H group,
  • R a , Rb and R c which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group; preferably, R a , Rb, and R c represent a hydrogen atom.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated anhydride monomer of the invention is of formula (4b) and more preferentially is maleic anhydride; and
  • H2C C(R)-C(O)-O-H with R representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl.
  • b2) is a (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylic acid, e.g., b) may be copolymers of (C-i- C4)alkyl (meth)acrylate and of (meth)acrylic acid.
  • b2) is chosen from crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphosphoric acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid, acrylamidoglycolic acid, and salts thereof; preferably, b2) represents acrylic acid.
  • the film-forming polymers, or particles thereof, may be in a dispersion with stabilizers, such as ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-C22)alkyl (Ci-Ce)(alkyl)acrylate, in particular ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-C22)alkyl (meth)acrylate and more preferentially ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • stabilizers such as ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-C22)alkyl (Ci-Ce)(alkyl)acrylate, in particular ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably ethylenic homopolymers of
  • the (C9-C22)alkyl or the (C9- Cis)alkyl groups may be linear or branched.
  • R" may represent isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl.
  • R” may, alternatively represent a linear (C9-C22)alkyl and, preferably, a linear (C9-Ci8)alkyl group.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from e) ethylenic copolymers of (C9- C22)alkyl (Ci-Ce)(alkyl)acrylate and of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate, particularly copolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate and of (Ci-C4)alkyl (C1- C4)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably copolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (meth)acrylate and of (C1- C4)alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) may chosen from the ethylenic copolymers e) of formulae (III) and (IV):
  • R which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a (C1- C4)alkyl group such as methyl
  • - R’ which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl, and
  • R" represents a (C9-C22)alkyl, preferably (Cio-C2o)alkyl and in particular (C2n)alkyl group with n being an integer equal to 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
  • R" represents isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, preferably methyl (meth)acrylate. More preferentially, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl and hexadecyl (meth)acrylates and C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, preferably methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the stabilizer ii) may be chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate homopolymer and statistical copolymers of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate and of C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate preferably present in a lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate weight ratio of greater than 4.5. Said weight ratio may range from 5 to 15 and preferably from 5.5 to 12.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from ethylenic copolymers e) derived from the polymerization of a monomer of formula (IV) as described above and two different monomers of formula (III), as described above.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of one monomer chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of two different C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylates, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate.
  • the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate is greater than 4.
  • said weight ratio ranges from 5 to 15 and more preferentially said weight ratio ranges from 5.5 to 11 .
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from ethylenic copolymers e) derived from the polymerization of a monomer of formula (III) as defined in the preceding claim and two different monomers of formula (IV) as defined previously.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) may be chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of two different monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of one C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomer, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate; in particular, the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate is greater than 4. Said weight ratio may range from 4.5 to 10 or from 5 to 8.
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of two different monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of one C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomer, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate; in particular, the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the dispersion (A) is less than 1 .
  • said weight ratio may range from 0.05 to 0.5 and more preferentially said weight ratio ranges from 0.08 to 0.2 in the dispersion (A).
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) may be present in a content ranging from 2% to 40% by weight, notably from 3% to 30% by weight and preferably from 4% to 25% by weight relative to the weight of polymer(s) present in the dispersion (A).
  • the stabilizer(s) ii) and the particle(s) i) have a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of between 1000 and 1 000 000 g/mol, notably between 5000 and 500 000 g/mol and even better still between 10 000 and 300 000 g/mol.
  • the film-forming polymer(s) may be chosen from acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, norbornene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornene copolymer, acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, acrylates/polymethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer, C30-45 alkyldimethylsilylpolypropylsilsequixane, trimethylsilsesquixane, polypropylsilsesquixane, acrylates/dimethicone copolymer, octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VA/butyl maleate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/t-but
  • the at least one film-forming polymers includes one or more of acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, norbornene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornene copolymer, acrylates/polymethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer, and a mixture thereof.
  • the film-forming polymers may be a hydrophobic film-forming polymer.
  • hydrophobic film-forming polymer denotes a film-forming polymer that has no or limited affinity for water and, in this respect, does not lend itself to a formulation in the form of a solute in an aqueous medium.
  • hydrophobic polymer means a polymer having a solubility in water at 25°C of less than 1% by weight.
  • the film-forming polymers may be chosen from the following and, optionally hydrophobic: film-forming polymers that are soluble in an organic solvent medium, in particular liposoluble polymers; this means that the polymer is soluble or miscible in the organic medium and forms a single homogeneous phase when it is incorporated into the medium; and film-forming polymers that are dispersible in an organic solvent medium, which means that the polymer forms an insoluble phase in the organic medium, the polymer remaining stable and/or compatible once incorporated into this medium.
  • such polymers may be in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, preferably dispersions in silicone oils or hydrocarbon-based oils; in one embodiment, the non-aqueous polymer dispersions comprise polymer particles stabilized on their surface with at least one stabilizer; these non-aqueous dispersions are often referred to as NADs.
  • Hydrophobic film-forming polymers that may be mentioned include homopolymers and copolymers of a compound bearing an ethylenic unit, acrylic polymers and copolymers, polyurethanes, polyesters, silicone polymers such as polymers bearing a non-silicone organic backbone grafted with monomers containing a polysiloxane, and polyisoprenes.
  • useful hydrophobic film-forming polymers include lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, block ethylenic copolymers, vinyl polymers comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit, silicone acrylate copolymers and mixtures thereof, preferably lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles (NADs).
  • NAPs non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles
  • Non-aqueous dispersions of hydrophobic film-forming polymer that may be used include dispersions of particles of a grafted ethylenic polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer, in a liquid oily phase for example, in the form of surface-stabilized particles dispersed in the liquid fatty phase.
  • the dispersion of surface-stabilized polymer particles may be manufactured as described in document WO 04/055081 , which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the film-forming polymers may be a block ethylenic copolymer, containing at least a first block with a glass transition temperature (T g ) of greater than or equal to 40°C and being totally or partly derived from one or more first monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C, and at least a second block with a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C and being derived totally or partly from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C, said first block and said second block being connected together via a statistical intermediate segment comprising at least one of said first constituent monomers of the first block and at least one of said second constituent monomers of the second block, and said block copolymer having a polydispersity index I of greater than 2.
  • T g glass transition temperature
  • Vinyl Polymer Comprising at Least one Carbosiloxane Dendrimer-Based Unit
  • the hydrophobic film-forming polymer may be at least one vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit.
  • the vinyl polymer typically has a backbone and at least one side chain, which comprises a carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit having a carbosiloxane dendrimer structure.
  • carbosiloxane dendrimer structure is a molecular structure with branched groups of high molecular masses, said structure having high regularity in the radial direction starting from the bond to the backbone.
  • Such carbosiloxane dendrimer structures are described in the form of a highly branched siloxane-silylalkylene copolymer in the laid-open Japanese patent application Kokai 9-171 154, which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • a vinyl polymer bearing at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit has a molecular side chain containing a carbosiloxane dendrimer structure, and may be derived from the polymerization of:
  • (B) from 100 to 0.1 part by weight of a carbosiloxane dendrimer containing a radical-polymerizable organic group, represented by the general formula: in which Y represents a radical-polymerizable organic group, R 1 represents an aryl group or an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and X' represents a silylalkyl group which, when i 1 , is represented by the formula:
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 7 represents an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 8 represents an alkylene group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • b is an integer from 0 to 4
  • c is 0 or 1 , such that if c is 0, -(R 8 ) c - represents a bond.
  • the monomer of vinyl type that is the component (A) in the vinyl polymer is a monomer of vinyl type that contains a radical-polymerizable vinyl group.
  • this monomer of vinyl type methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate or a methacrylate of an analogous lower alkyl; glycidyl methacrylate; butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, n- butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, n- hexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, octyl methacrylate, lauryl methacrylate, stearyl acrylate, stearyl methacrylate or a higher-analogue methacrylate; vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate or a vinyl ester of an analogous lower alkyl;
  • Multifunctional monomers of vinyl type may, optionally, be included in certain cases.
  • the number-average molecular mass of the vinyl polymer bearing a carbosiloxane dendrimer may be chosen within the range between 3,000 g/mol and 2,000,000 g/mol and preferably between 5,000 g/mol and 800,000 g/mol. It may be a liquid, a gum, a paste, a solid, a powder, or any other form.
  • the preferred forms are solutions consisting of the dilution of a dispersion or of a powder in solvents such as a silicone oil or an organic oil.
  • a vinyl polymer grafted in the sense of the present disclosure may be conveyed in an oil or a mixture of oils, which is/are preferably volatile, chosen in particular from silicone oils and hydrocarbon-based oils, and mixtures thereof.
  • oils preferably volatile, chosen in particular from silicone oils and hydrocarbon-based oils, and mixtures thereof.
  • a non-limiting silicone oil that may, optionally be used is cyclopentasiloxane.
  • a non-limiting hydrocarbon-based oil that is may be used is isododecane.
  • Vinyl polymers grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit include the polymers sold under the names TIB 4-100, TIB 4-101 , TIB 4-120, TIB 4-130, TIB 4-200, FA 4002 ID (TIB 4-202), TIB 4-220 and FA 4001 CM (TIB 4-230) by the company Dow Corning.
  • the vinyl polymer grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit is an acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, for example, the product sold in isododecane under the name Dow Corning FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate.
  • one or more of the film-forming polymers include at least one copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydimethylsiloxane groups.
  • copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydimethylsiloxane groups means a copolymer obtained from (a) one or more carboxylic (acid or ester) monomers, and (b) one or more polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) chains.
  • carboxylic monomer means both carboxylic acid monomers and carboxylic acid ester monomers.
  • the monomer (a) may be chosen, for example, from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, esters thereof and combinations of these monomers.
  • Esters that may be mentioned include the following monomers: acrylate, methacrylate, maleate, fumarate, itaconate and/or crotonate.
  • the monomers in ester form are more particularly chosen from linear or branched, preferably Ci-C24 and better still Ci- 022 alkyl acrylates and methacrylates, the alkyl radical preferably being chosen from methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl and 2-ethylhexyl radicals, and mixtures thereof.
  • the copolymer comprises as carboxylate groups at least one group chosen from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl or 2- ethylhexyl acrylate or methacrylate, and mixtures thereof.
  • polydimethylsiloxanes also known as organopolysiloxanes and abbreviated as PDMS
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxanes
  • the PDMS chains that may be used to obtain the copolymer may comprise at least one polymerizable radical group, preferably located on at least one of the ends of the chain, i.e. the PDMS may contain, for example, a polymerizable radical group on the two ends of the chain or one polymerizable radical group on one end of the chain and one trimethylsilyl end group on the other end of the chain.
  • Ri represents a hydrogen or a methyl group
  • the copolymers are generally obtained according to the usual methods of polymerization and grafting, for example by free-radical polymerization (A) of a PDMS comprising at least one polymerizable radical group (for example on one of the ends of the chain or on both ends) and (B) of at least one carboxylic monomer.
  • the copolymers obtained may have a molecular weight ranging from about 3,000 g/mol to 200,000 g/mol and preferably from about 5,000 g/mol to 100,000 g/mol.
  • the copolymer may be in its native form or in dispersed form in a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyl alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example, cyclopentasiloxane).
  • a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyl alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example, cyclopentasiloxane).
  • copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl acrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts copolymers of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts.
  • the skin tightening composition may include one or more film-forming polymers that are adhesive polymers.
  • the at least one adhesive polymer may be amorphous, crystalline, or semicrystalline.
  • the adhesive polymer may have a T g greater than about 25°C, such as greater than about 50°C, greater than about 75°C, or greater than about 100°C, according to various embodiments.
  • the adhesive polymer may have a Tg less than about 25°C, such as less than about 0°C, less than about -25°C, or less than about - 50°C.
  • adhesive polymers having a Tg greater than about 25°C may be mentioned polymer particles of C1-C4 alkyl(methacrylate)polymer, stabilized in a non-aqueous dispersion, referred to herein for ease of reference as an “oil dispersion,” such as those described in WO2015/091513 which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers may be chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate and tert-butyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the polymer may be a methyl acrylate and/or ethyl acrylate polymer.
  • the polymer may also comprise an ethylenically unsaturated acid monomer or the anhydride thereof, chosen especially from ethylenically unsaturated acid monomers comprising at least one carboxylic, phosphoric or sulfonic acid function, such as crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphosphoric acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid or acrylamidoglycolic acid, and salts thereof.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated acid monomer may be chosen from (meth)acrylic acid, maleic acid, and maleic anhydride.
  • the film-forming polymers that may be used in the cosmetic compositions disclosed herein include, for example, acrylate copolymers, styrene/acrylate copolymers, acrylaminde/acrylate copolymers, polyurethanes, hydrophilic acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol, silicone resins and block silicone copolymer particles, and other resins, and derivatives thereof and mixtures thereof.
  • the hydrophilic film forming polymers are present in the water phase of the composition.
  • the hydrophilic film forming polymers may have a Tg less than about 80°C.
  • hydrophilic film former may include Crotonic Acid/Vinyl C8-12 Isoalkyl Esters/Va/Bis-Vinyldimethicone Crosspolymer, Styrene/Acrylates/Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Polyurethane-35, Polyvinyl alcohol, Acrylates Copolymer and mixture thereof.
  • acrylate copolymers may be chosen from copolymers comprising two or more monomers chosen from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and their simple esters, for example, lower alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl, and ethylhexyl esters.
  • acrylate copolymers may be chosen from styrene acrylates/copolymers, ammonium acrylates copolymers, ethyl acrylates copolymers, acrylates/ethylhexylacrylate copolymers, acrylates/octylacrylates copolymers, alkyl (meth)acrylates copolymers, acrylates/C12-C22 alkylmethacrylate copolymers, ethylacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, and t-butyl acrylate/ethyl acrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer.
  • the film forming polymer may also be chosen from polyacrylates such as polyacrylate-21 , and polyacrylate-15, and acrylates copolymer.
  • the film forming polymer may also be chosen from hydrophilic vinylic polymer such as polyvinyl alcohol, derivatives of polyvinyl alcohol or a mixture thereof.
  • the at least one film forming polymer can be selected from a lipophilic polymer, such as for example, poly C10-30 alkylacrylates (available as Intelimer® IPA 13-1 from Air Products).
  • a lipophilic polymer such as for example, poly C10-30 alkylacrylates (available as Intelimer® IPA 13-1 from Air Products).
  • the film-forming polymer may also be chosen from latex film forming polymers such as polyacrylate latex and their copolymers.
  • Suitable examples of latex polymers for use in the present invention are ethylhexyl acrylate/hema copolymer (and) acrylates/diethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer (Syntran® PC 5775), styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® 5760, Syntran® 5009, Syntran® PC5620), polyacrylate-21 (and) acrylates/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® PC5100, Syntran® PC5776, Eudragit E 100, Jurymer ET-410C), styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® 5009 CG), olefin/acrylate grafted polymer (and) sodium laureth sulfate (and C12-15 SEC-pareth 15
  • the latex polymer is an acrylate latex polymer, in particular styrene/acrylate copolymers.
  • styrene/acrylate copolymers include, but are not limited to, DAITOSOL 5000 STY sold by Kobo Products, Inc.; JONCRYL® 77 sold by BASF; NEOCRYL BT-62 sold by Neoresins, Inc.; RHOPLEXTM P-376 and LICARTM DL 432S sold by Dow Chemical Company; and YODOSOL GH41 and YODOSOL GH840 sold by AkzoNobel.
  • acrylamide/acrylate copolymers may be chosen from acrylic acid/ethyl acrylate/t-butyl acrylamide copolymer, acrylates/octylacrylamide copolymer, and octylacrylamide/acrylates/ methacrylates copolymer.
  • Exemplary commercial acrylamide/acrylate copolymers include, but are not limited to AMPHOMER® LV-71 and DERMACRYL® 79 sold by AkzoNobel and ULTRAHOLD® STRONG sold by BASF.
  • the latex film former may be chosen from blends comprising a combination of latex film formers, including, for example, a blend of any of the above-mentioned film formers.
  • a latex film forming blend useful according to the disclosure may comprise (1 ) at least one random styrene acrylate copolymer or derivatives thereof, and at least one acrylate copolymer or derivatives thereof, or (2) at least two random styrene acrylate copolymers or derivatives thereof.
  • the at least one hydrophilic film former may be chosen from those having a glass transition temperature (Tg) ranging from about -15°C to about 80°C, such as from about 0°C to about 80°C.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the Tg of the hydrophilic film former can, for example, range from about -15 °C to about 78°C, from about -10°C to about 80°C, from about -5°C to about 75°C, from about 0°C to about 75°C.
  • the styrene acrylates film former is selected from styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (such as (styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (and) sodium laureth sulfate (and) caprylyl glycol), SYNTRAN® 5760 from Interpolymer), and styrene/acrylates copolymer (such as JONCRYL 77 from BASF), and mixtures thereof.
  • styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer such as (styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (and) sodium laureth sulfate (and) caprylyl glycol), SYNTRAN® 5760 from Interpolymer), and styrene/acrylates copolymer (such as JONCRYL 77 from BASF), and mixtures thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition includes one or more thickening agent.
  • the thickening agent(s) may include or be chosen from polyam ide-8, styrene ethylene/propylene copolymer, nylon- 611/dimethicone copolymer, VP/EICOSENE copolymer, silicone elastomer, emulsifying silicone elastomers, fumed silicas, hydrophobically modified silica, silica silylate, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate, an activated clay, disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 he
  • the total amount of thickening agents in the skin tightening compositions can vary but is typically about 1 to about 40 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of thickening agents may be about 1 to about 35 wt.%, about 1 to about 30 wt.%, about 1 to about 25 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 40 wt.%, about 2 to about 35 wt.%, about 2 to about 30 wt.%, about 2 to about 25 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 15 wt.%, or about 2 to about 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the skin tightening composition may include thickening agents in an amount of about 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 to about 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 , 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, and 40 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • Non-limiting examples of thickening agents is provided below.
  • Mineral thickening agents are mineral based compounds that thicken or modify the viscosity of the skin tightening compositions.
  • mineral thickening agents include silica silylate, fumed silica, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite (e.g., INCI: pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate), an activated clay (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, and benzalkonium bentonite), and a mixture thereof.
  • an activated clay e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorit
  • the skin tightening compositions may include one or more mineral thickening agents selected from optionally modified silicas, optionally modified clays, and a mixture thereof.
  • the mineral thickening agents may be selected from optionally modified silicas, optionally modified clays, and a mixture thereof.
  • the mineral thickening agents are chosen from lipophilic (organophilic) clays, in particular modified hectorites; hydrophobic-treated fumed silica; hydrophobic silica aerogels, and mixtures thereof (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, silica silylate, or a mixture thereof).
  • the mineral thickening agents may be selected from silica silylate, fumed silica, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite (e.g., INCI: 30 pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate), an activated clay (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, and benzalkonium bentonite).
  • organically modified hectorite e.g., INCI: 30 pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate
  • an activated clay e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkon
  • Optionally modified silicas include fumed silica optionally subjected to a hydrophobic surface treatment, the particle size of which may be less than 1 pm.
  • a hydrophobic surface treatment for example, it is possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a reduced number of silanol groups present at the surface of the silica.
  • Silanol groups can in particular be replaced by hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained.
  • the hydrophobic groups may be: trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are obtained especially by treating fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane.
  • Silicas thus treated are known as "silica silylate" according to the CTFA (6th edition, 1995).
  • the hydrophobic fumed silica in particular may have a particle size that is nanometric to micrometric, for example ranging from about 5 to 200 nm.
  • the optionally modified silicas may, for instance, be silica aerogel particles.
  • Silica aerogels are porous materials obtained by replacing (by drying) the liquid component of a silica gel with air. They are generally synthesized via a sol-gel process in a liquid medium and then dried, usually by extraction with a supercritical fluid, the one most commonly used being supercritical CO2. This type of drying makes it possible to avoid shrinkage of the pores and of the material.
  • the sol-gel process and the various drying processes are described in detail in Brinker C J., and Scherer G. W., Sol-Gel Science: New York: Academic Press, 1990.
  • the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit mass (SM) ranging from 500 to 1500 m 2 /g, preferably from 600 to 1200 m 2 /g and better still from 600 to 800 m 2 /g, and a size expressed as the volume mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 1 to 1500 pm, better still from 1 to 1000 pm, preferably from 1 to 100 pm, in particular from 1 to 30 pm, more preferably from 5 to 25 pm, better still from 5 to 20 pm, and even better still from 5 to 15 pm.
  • SM specific surface area per unit mass
  • the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles have a size expressed as volume-mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 1 to 30 pm, preferably from 5 to 25 pm, better still from 5 to 20 pm and even better still from 5 to 15 pm.
  • the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit mass (SM) ranging from 600 to 800 m 2 /g and a size expressed as the volume mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 5 to 20 pm and even better still from 5 to 15 pm.
  • SM surface area per unit mass
  • the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit of volume Sv ranging from 5 to 60 m 2 /cm 3 , preferably from 10 to 50 m 2 /cm 3 and better still from 15 to 40 m 2 /cm 3 .
  • hydrophobic silica means any silica whose surface is treated with silylating agents, for example halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes, so as to functionalize the OH groups with silyl groups Si--Rn, for example trimethylsilyl groups.
  • silylating agents for example halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes, so as to functionalize the OH groups with silyl groups Si--Rn, for example trimethylsilyl groups.
  • silylating agents for example halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisilox
  • Aerogels sold by the company Cabot under the references Aerogel TLD 201 , Aerogel OGD 201 , Aerogel TLD 203, Enova Aerogel MT 1100 and Enova Aerogel MT 1200. Mention may be made of the aerogels sold by the company Dow Coming under the reference DOWSIL VM-2270 Aerogel. Particularly useful aerogels include hydrophobic silica aerogels, preferably of silyl silica (INCI name: silica silylate).
  • Clays are silicates containing a cation that may be chosen from calcium, magnesium, aluminum, sodium, potassium and lithium cations, and mixtures thereof. Examples of such material include, but are not limited to clays of the smectite family, and also of the vermiculite, stevensite and chlorite families. These clays can be of natural or synthetic origin.
  • smectites such as saponites, hectorites, montmorillonites, bentonites or beidellite and in particular synthetic hectorites
  • organophilic clays are preferred, more particularly modified clays, such as montmorillonite, bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite and sepiolite, and mixtures thereof.
  • the clay may be optionally modified bentonite or an optionally modified hectorite.
  • Clays may be modified with a chemical compound chosen from quaternary amines, tertiary amines, amine acetates, imidazolines, amine soaps, fatty sulfates, alkylarylsulfonates and amine oxides, and mixtures thereof.
  • hectorites modified with a quaternary amine more specifically with a C10 to C22 fatty acid ammonium halide, such as a chloride, such as hectorite modified with distearyldimethylammonium chloride (CTFA name: Disteardimonium hectorite), for instance the product sold under the name Bentone 38V, Bentone 38V CG or Bentone EW CE by the company Elementis, or stearalkonium hectorites, such as Bentone 27 V.
  • CTFA name Disteardimonium hectorite
  • the clay is preferably disteardimonium hectorite.
  • quaternium-18 bentonites such as those sold under the names Bentone 34 by the company Elementis, Tixogel VP by the company United Catalyst and Claytone 40 by the company Southern Clay; stearalkonium bentonites, such as those sold under the names Tixogel LG by the company United Catalyst and Claytone AF and Claytone APA by the company Southern Clay; or quaternium-18/benzalkonium bentonites, such as that sold under the name Claytone HT by the company Southern Clay.
  • the clay is chosen from organophilic modified clays, in particular organophilic modified hectorites, in particular modified with distearyldimethylammonium chloride (CTFA name: Disteardimonium hectorite).
  • organophilic modified clays in particular organophilic modified hectorites, in particular modified with distearyldimethylammonium chloride (CTFA name: Disteardimonium hectorite).
  • Non-mineral thickening agents may be lipophilic or hydrophilic, i.e. , they may be appropriate for thickening an oily phase or an anhydrous composition or they may be appropriate for thickening an aqueous phase or an aqueous composition.
  • lipophilic thickening agents or thickening agents that thicken anhydrous (e.g., oily) compositions are useful.
  • hydrophilic thickening agents are useful for aqueous compositions.
  • Non-limiting examples of the non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions include C12-22 alkyl acrylate/hydroxyethylacrylate copolymer (INTELIMER), ethylene diamine/stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer such as OLEOCRAFT LP-10-PA-(MV) sold by Croda, polyamide-8 such as OLEOCRAFT LP- 20-PA-(MV) sold by Croda, poly C10-C30 alkyl acrylate such as INTELIMER IPA 13-6 or INTELIMER IPA 13-1 NG Polymer sold by Air Products & Chemicals, nylon- 611/dimethicone copolymer such as Dow Corning 2-8179 Gellant sold by Dow Corning, or dextrin palmitate such as RHEOPEARL KL2-OR sold by Chiba Flour Milling.
  • INTELIMER C12-22 alkyl acrylate/hydroxyethylacrylate copolymer
  • a related category of thickening polymer comprises polymers of alpha methylstyrene and styrene, such as those under the trade name KRISTALEX.
  • Yet another thickening polymer comprises alkyl substituted galactomannan available under the trade name N-HANCE AG.
  • Non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions may also include thickening polymers such as vinyl pyrrolidone with polyethylene containing at least 25 methylene units, such as triacontanyl polyvinylpyrrolidone, under the trade name Antaron WP-660.
  • thickening polymers such as vinyl pyrrolidone with polyethylene containing at least 25 methylene units, such as triacontanyl polyvinylpyrrolidone, under the trade name Antaron WP-660.
  • Non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions may also include silicone elastomers.
  • Silicone Elastomers can be non-emulsifying silicone elastomers, emulsifying silicone elastomers, or a mixture thereof.
  • Non-emulsifying silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, those organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, such as polyoxyalkylene or polyglycerolated chains.
  • emulsifying silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers and a polyglycerolated silicone elastomers.
  • non-emulsifying silicone elastomers defines organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, such as polyoxyalkylene or polyglycerolated chains.
  • Non-emulsifying silicone elastomers include elastomeric crosslinked organopolysiloxanes that can be obtained by a crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of diorganopolysiloxane containing ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence of a platinum catalyst; or by a dehydrogenation crosslinking condensation reaction between a diorganopolysiloxane containing hydroxyl end groups and a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence of an organotin; or by a crosslinking condensation reaction of a diorganopolysiloxane containing hydroxyl end groups and of a hydrolysable organopolysilane; or by thermal crosslinking of organopolysiloxane, in particular in the presence of an organoperoxide catalyst; or by crosslinking of
  • a non-limiting example of a non-emulsifying silicone elastomer is dimethicone crosspolymer.
  • the non-emulsifying silicone elastomer is a crosslinked silicone, for example, dimethicone crosspolymer, (dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (dimethicone/phenyl vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (vinyl dimethicone/lauryl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (lauryl polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone/bis-vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, alkyl (C30-45) cetearyl dimethicone crosspolymer, cetearyl dimethicone crosspolymer, and a mixture thereof.
  • dimethicone crosspolymer is particularly preferred.
  • the elastomeric crosslinked organopolysiloxane is obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A2) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B2) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence (C2) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for example, in patent application EP295886, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of dimethylpolysiloxane containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • Compound (A2) is the base reactant for the formation of elastomeric organopolysiloxane, and the crosslinking is performed by an addition reaction of compound (A2) with compound (B2) in the presence of the catalyst (C2).
  • Compound (A2) may be a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two lower (for example C2-C4) alkenyl groups; the lower alkenyl group may be chosen from vinyl, allyl and propenyl groups. These lower alkenyl groups may be located in any position on the organopolysiloxane molecule, but are preferably located at the ends of the organopolysiloxane molecule.
  • the organopolysiloxane (A2) may have a branched- chain, linear-chain, cyclic or networked structure, but the linear-chain structure is preferred.
  • Compound (A2) may have a viscosity ranging from the liquid state to the gum state.
  • compound (A2) has a viscosity of at least 100 centistokes at 25°C.
  • the organopolysiloxanes (A2) may be chosen from methylvinylsiloxanes, methylvinylsiloxane-dimethyl-siloxane copolymers, dimethylpolysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethyl-siloxane-methylphenylsiloxane containing dimethylvinyl-siloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane- diphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethyl-siloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methyl-phenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, methyl(3,3,3-trifluoro-propyl)polysilox
  • the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of compound (A2) and the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon per molecule of compound (B2) is at least 4.
  • Compound (B2) may be in any molecular structure, in particular of linear-chain or branched-chain structure, or cyclic structure.
  • Compound (B2) may have a viscosity at 25°C. ranging from 1 to 50 000 centistokes, in particular so as to have good miscibility with compound (A). It is advantageous for compound (B2) to be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon in compound (B2) and the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated groups in compound (A2) is within the range of from 1/1 to 20/1.
  • Compound (B2) may be chosen from methylhydrogeno-polysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, and dimethyl-siloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane cyclic copolymers.
  • Compound (C2) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, or platinum on a support.
  • the catalyst (C2) is preferably added at from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A2) and (B2).
  • organic groups may be bonded to silicon in the organopolysiloxanes (A2) and (B2) described above, for instance alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3- trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group.
  • alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl
  • substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3- trifluoropropyl
  • aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or x
  • the non-emulsifying silicone elastomer according to the invention can be mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel.
  • the non-emulsifying elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles.
  • Non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names DOWSIL EL-8048 from DOW (INCI: Isododecane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer), KSG-6, KSG-15, KSG-16, KSG-18, KSG-41, KSG-42, KSG-43, KSG- 44, USG-105 and USG-106 by the company Shin-Etsu, DC9040, DC9041 , DC9509, DC9505, DC9506, DC5930, DC9350, DC9045 and DC9043 by the company Dow Corning, Gransil by the company Grant Industries, and SFE 839 by the company General Electric.
  • DOWSIL EL-8048 from DOW (INCI: Isododecane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer)
  • KSG-6, KSG-15, KSG-16, KSG-18 KSG-41, KSG-42, KSG-43, KSG- 44, USG-105 and US
  • the total amount of non-emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. In some cases, the total amount of nonemulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
  • emulsifying silicone elastomer is intended to mean a silicone elastomer comprising at least one hydrophilic chain.
  • emulsifying silicone elastomers may be chosen from polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers, polyglycerolated silicone elastomers, and a mixture thereof.
  • a polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomer may be a crosslinked organopolysiloxane that can be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of a polyoxyalkylene having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the polyoxyalkylenated crosslinked organopolysiloxane may be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A1) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B1 ) of polyoxyalkylene containing at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, in particular in the presence (C1 ) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,236,986 and U.S. Patent No. 5,412,004, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of polyoxyalkylene (in particular polyoxyethylene and/or polyoxypropylene) containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogeno-polysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • polyoxyalkylene in particular polyoxyethylene and/or polyoxypropylene
  • methylhydrogeno-polysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups
  • the organic groups bonded to silicon atoms of the compound (A1 ) may be alkyl groups containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl (or lauryl), myristyl, cetyl or stearyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2- phenyl-ethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group.
  • alkyl groups containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl (or
  • Compound (A1 ) may be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, cyclic dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers, and copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane- laurylmethylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups.
  • Compound (C1 ) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black and platinum on a support.
  • the polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers may be formed from divinyl compounds, in particular polyoxyalkylenes having at least two vinyl groups, reacting with Si--H bonds of a polysiloxane.
  • the polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers are often mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel. I n these gels, the polyoxyalkylenated elastomer can be in the form of non-spherical particles.
  • Polyoxyalkylenated elastomers are in particular described in U.S. Patent No. 5,236,986, U.S. Patent No. 5,412,004, U.S. Patent No.
  • useful polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, those sold under the names KSG-21 , KSG-20, KSG-30, KSG-31 , KSG-32, KSG-33, KSG-210, KSG-310, KSG-320, KSG-330, KSG-340 and X-226146 by the company Shin-Etsu, and DC9010 and DC9011 by the company Dow Corning. b.
  • Polyglycerolated Silicone Elastomers are typically crosslinked elastomeric organopolysiloxanes that can be obtained by a crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of polyglycerolated compounds having ethylenically unsaturated groups, often carried out in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • the crosslinked elastomeric organopolysiloxane is obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B) of glycerolated compounds having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, in particular in the presence (C) of a platinum catalyst.
  • the organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of a polyglycerolated compound containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • Compound (A) is the base reactant for the formation of elastomeric organopolysiloxane and the crosslinking is performed by an addition reaction of compound (A) with compound (B) in the presence of the catalyst (C).
  • Compound (A) may be, for example, an organopolysiloxane containing at least 2 hydrogen atoms bonded to different silicon atoms in each molecule.
  • Compound (A) may have any molecular structure, in particular a linear chain or branched chain structure or a cyclic structure.
  • compound (A) may have a viscosity at 25° C. ranging from 1 to 50,000 centistokes, in particular so as to have good miscibility with compound (B).
  • the organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms of compound (A) may be alkyl groups containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl (or lauryl), myristyl, cetyl or stearyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2- phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group. In some instances, it is preferable that said organic group is chosen from methyl, phenyl and lauryl groups.
  • Compound (A) can thus be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methyl- hydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylhydrogenosiloxane cyclic copolymers, and copolymers of dimethylsiloxane- methyl-hydrogenosiloxane-laurylmethylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups.
  • Compound (B) may be a polyglycerolated compound corresponding to formula (B 1 ) below:
  • n is an integer ranging from 2 to 200, preferably ranging from 2 to 100, preferably ranging from 2 to 50, preferably n ranging from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 10, and preferentially ranging from 2 to 5, and in particular equal to 3;
  • Gly denotes:
  • the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of compound (B) and of the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms per molecule of compound (A) is at least 4.
  • compound (A) can be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in compound (A) and the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated groups in compound (B) is within the range of from 1/1 to 20/1 .
  • Compound (C) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, or platinum on a support.
  • the catalyst (C) is preferably added at from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A) and (B).
  • the polyglycerolated silicone elastomers are often mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel. I n these gels, the polyglycerolated elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles. Such elastomers are in particular described in patent application WO 2004/024798, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As polyglycerolated silicone elastomers, mention may be made of those sold under the names KSG-710, KSG-810, KSG-820, KSG-830 and KSG-840 by the company Shin-Etsu.
  • the total amount of emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. In some cases, the total amount of emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
  • Non-limiting examples of non-mineral thickening agents may, optionally, be included for thickening aqueous compositions include xanthan gum, guar gum, biosaccharide gum, cellulose, acacia Seneca gum, sclerotium gum, agarose, pechtin, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid. Additionally, the one or more non-mineral thickening agents may be polymeric thickening agents such as, for example, ammonium polyacryloyldimethyl taurate, ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/VP copolymer, sodium polyacrylate, acrylates copolymers, polyacrylamide, carbomer, and acrylates/C 10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer. Additional, non-limiting examples of various types of non-mineral thickening agents include:
  • These polymers are crosslinked compounds containing one or more monomers derived from acrylic acid, substituted acrylic acids, and salts and esters of these acrylic acids and the substituted acrylic acids, wherein the crosslinking agent contains two or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is derived from a polyhydric alcohol.
  • carboxylic acid polymers useful herein include the carbomers, which are homopolymers of acrylic acid crosslinked with allyl ethers of sucrose or pentaerytritol.
  • the carbomers are available as the CarbopoI.RTM. 900 series from B.F. Goodrich (e.g., Carbopol® 954).
  • carboxylic acid polymeric agents include llltrez® 10 (B.F. Goodrich) and copolymers of C10-30 alkyl acrylates with one or more monomers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or one of their short chain (i.e.
  • C1-4 alcohol) esters wherein the crosslinking agent is an allyl ether of sucrose or pentaerytritol.
  • these copolymers are known as acrylates/C10-C30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers and are commercially available as CarbopoI.RTM. 1342, Carbopol® 1382, Pemulen TR-1 , and Pemulen TR-2, from B.F. Goodrich.
  • carboxylic acid polymer thickening agents useful herein are those selected from carbomers, acrylates/C10-C30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • compositions of the present disclosure can optionally contain crosslinked polyacrylate polymers useful as thickening agents or gelling agents including both cationic and nonionic polymers.
  • crosslinked nonionic polyacrylate polymers and crosslinked cationic polyacrylate polymers are those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,660, U.S. Pat. No. 4,849,484, U.S. Pat. No. 4,835,206, U.S. Pat. No. 4,628,078 U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,379 and EP 228,868, which are all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Polyacrylamide Polymers are those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,660, U.S. Pat. No. 4,849,484, U.S. Pat. No. 4,835,206, U.S. Pat. No. 4,628,078 U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,379 and EP 228,868, which are all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • compositions of the present disclosure can optionally contain polyacrylamide polymers, especially nonionic polyacrylamide polymers including substituted branched or unbranched polymers.
  • polyacrylamide polymers especially nonionic polyacrylamide polymers including substituted branched or unbranched polymers.
  • these polyacrylamide polymers is the nonionic polymer given the CTFA designation polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and laureth-7, available under the Tradename Sepigel 305 from Seppic Corporation.
  • polyacrylamide polymers useful herein include multi-block copolymers of acrylamides and substituted acrylamides with acrylic acids and substituted acrylic acids.
  • Commercially available examples of these multi-block copolymers include Hypan SR150H, SS500V, SS500W, SSSA100H, from Lipo Chemicals, Inc.
  • compositions may also contain thickening and texturising gels of the type as exemplified by the product range called Lubrajel® from United Guardian. These gels have moisturizing, viscosifying, stabilizing properties.
  • Polysaccharides refer to gelling agents that contain a backbone of repeating sugar (i.e. , carbohydrate) units.
  • Nonlimiting examples of polysaccharide gelling agents include those selected from the group consisting of cellulose, carboxymethyl hydroxyethylcellulose, cellulose acetate propionate carboxylate, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxyethyl ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methyl hydroxyethylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium cellulose sulfate, and mixtures thereof. Also useful herein are the alkyl-substituted celluloses.
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl cellulose ethers Preferred among the alkyl hydroxyalkyl cellulose ethers is the material given the CTFA designation cetyl hydroxyethylcellulose, which is the ether of cetyl alcohol and hydroxyethylcellulose. This material is sold under the tradename Natrosol® CS Plus from Aquaion Corporation.
  • polysaccharides include scleroglucans comprising a linear chain of (1-3) linked glucose units with a (1-6) linked glucose every three units, a commercially available example of which is ClearogelTM, provided by CS11 from Michel Mercier Products Inc.
  • thickening and gelling agents useful herein include materials which are primarily derived from natural sources.
  • Non-limiting examples of these thickening and/or gelling agent include gums such as those chosen from acacia, agar, algin, alginic acid, ammonium alginate, amylopectin, calcium alginate, calcium carrageenan, carnitine, carrageenan, dextrin, gelatin, gellan gum, guar gum, guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, hectorite, hyaluronic acid, hydrated silica, hydroxypropyl chitosan, hydroxypropyl guar, karaya gum, kelp, locust bean gum, natto gum, potassium alginate, potassium carrageenan, propylene glycol alginate, sclerotium gum, sodium carboxymethyl dextran, sodium carrageenan, tragacanth gum, xanthan gum, and mixtures thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of water-soluble natural polymers include gum arabic, tragacanth gum, karaya gum, guar gum, gellan gum, tara gum, locust bean gum, tamarind gum, sodium alginate, alginic acid propyleneglycol ester, carrageenan, farcelluran, agar, high-methoxy pectin, low-methoxy pectin, xanthine, chitosan, starch (for example starch derived from corn, potato, wheat, rice, sweet potato and tapioca, a- starch, soluble starch), fermentation polysaccharide (for example, xanthan gum, pullulan, carciran, dextran), acidic hetero-polysaccharide derived from callus of plants belonging to Polyantes sp. (for example, tuberous polysaccharide), proteins (for example, sodium casein, gelatin, albumin), chondroitin sulfate, and hyaluronic acid.
  • Non-limiting examples of water-soluble synthetic polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, sodium polyacrylate, sodium polymethacrylate, polyacrylic acid glycerin ester, carboxyvinyl polymer, polyacrylamide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl methylether, polyvinyl sulfone, maleic acid copolymer, polyethylene oxide, polydiallyl amine, polyethylene imine, water soluble cellulose derivatives (for example, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate sodium salt), and starch derivatives (for example, starch oxide, dialdehyde starch, dextrin, British gum, acetyl starch, starch phosphate, carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyethyl starch, hydroxypropyl starch).
  • volatile hydrocarbon is a hydrocarbon that is volatile at ambient temperature (25°C) and normal pressure (1 atm) and may include, for example, isododecane, isohexadecane.
  • the volatile hydrocarbons may be in the form of an oil.
  • oil is understood to mean a compound which is liquid at ambient temperature (25°C.) and normal pressure (1 atm), and which, when it is introduced in a proportion of at least 1 % by weight into water at 25°C is not soluble in water or soluble to a level of less than 10% by weight, with respect to the weight of oil introduced into the water.
  • hydrocarbon oil is oil comprising hydrogen and carbon atoms, and containing no silicon atoms.
  • Suitable volatile hydrocarbons include, but are not limited to, those having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms and their mixtures and in particular branched Cs to Cw alkanes such as Cs to Cw isoalkanes (also known as isoparaffins), isododecane, isodecane, isohexadecane, and for example, the oils sold under the trade names of ISOPAR or PERMETHYL, the Csto Cw branched esters such as isohexyl or isodecyl neopentanoate and their mixtures.
  • the volatile hydrocarbon oils have a flash point of below 60°C.
  • the skin tightening composition includes at least one volatile hydrocarbon chosen from isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, isohexyl, isodecyl, neopentanoate, or a mixture thereof.
  • isododecane and/or isoparaffins e.g., Cs-9 isoparaffin
  • the skin tightening composition may be formulated to include volatile hydrocarbons that contain no silicon atoms.
  • the total amount of the volatile hydrocarbon may vary but is typically about 30 to about 85 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of volatile hydrocarbons is about 30 to about 80 wt.%, about 30 to about 75 wt.%; about 35 to about 85 wt.%, about 35 to about 80 wt.%, about 35 to about 75 wt.%; about 40 to about 85 wt.%, about 40 to about 80 wt.%, about 40 to about 75 wt.%; about 45 to about 85 wt.%, about 45 to about 80 wt.%, about 45 to about 75 wt.%; about 50 to about 85 wt.%, about 50 to about 80 wt.%, about 50 to about 75 wt.%; about 55 to about 85 wt.%, about 55 to about 80 wt.%, about 55 to about 75 wt.%; about 60 to about 85 wt.%, about 60 to about 80
  • the skin tightening compositions may optionally include one or more fatty compounds, in particular, nonvolatile fatty compound.
  • the total amount of fatty compounds in the skin tightening compositions, if present, may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of emulsifying fatty compounds in the skin tightening compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%; about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 15 wt.%, about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 5 wt.%; about 4 to about 20 wt.%, about 4 to about 15 wt.%, about 4 to about 10 wt.%, about 4 to about 5 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • Non-limiting examples of non-volatile oils include: i. hydrocarbon oils of animal origin such as perhydrosqualene; ii. plant hydrocarbon oils, such as liquid triglycerides of fatty acids, for example sunflower oil, com oil, soybean oil, marrow oil, grapeseed oil, sesame oil, hazelnut oil, apricot oil, macadamia oil, castor oil, avocado oil, caprylic/capric acid triglycerides; iii.
  • oils of formula R9COOR10 in which R9 represents a higher fatty acid residue containing from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and R10 represents a branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as, for example, Purcellin oil; iv. linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral or synthetic origin, such as non-volatile liquid paraffins and derivatives thereof, petroleum jelly (petrolatum), polydecenes, and hydrogenated polyisobutene such as sesam; v. synthetic esters and ethers such as isopropyl myristate, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates of alcohols or of polyalcohols; vi.
  • fatty alcohols such as octyidodecanol or oleyl alcohol; vii. partially hydrocarbonated and/or siliconated fluoro oils; viii. silicone oils such as linear, non-volatile polydimethylsiloxanes (dimethicone) which are liquid or pasty at room temperature, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethicones and polymethylphenylsiloxanes; and mixtures thereof.
  • silicone oils such as linear, non-volatile polydimethylsiloxanes (dimethicone) which are liquid or pasty at room temperature, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethicones and polymethylphenylsiloxanes; and mixtures thereof.
  • the one or more fatty substances may be selected form polyolefins (petrolatum), waxes, squalane, squalene, hydrogenated polyisobutene, hydrogenated polydecene, polybutene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, dimethicone, and a mixture thereof.
  • fatty alcohols include fatty alcohols, fatty esters, fatty alcohols derivatives, fatty acid derivatives, such as those discussed below.
  • the one or more fatty compounds may be glycerolated and/or oxyalkylenated, include from 8 to 30 carbon atoms, and/or be saturated or unsaturated.
  • the fatty alcohols useful herein include those having from about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms, from about 12 to about 22 carbon atoms, and from about 14 to about 22 carbon atoms. These fatty alcohols can be straight or branched chain alcohols and can be saturated or unsaturated.
  • Non-limiting examples of fatty alcohols include decyl alcohol, undecyl alcohol, dodecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, isocetyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, linalool, oleyl alcohol, cis4-t- butylcyclohexanol, myricyl alcohol and a mixture thereof.
  • the fatty alcohols comprise at least one of or may be chosen from myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, and a mixture thereof.
  • the saturated liquid fatty alcohols may be branched and optionally contain in their structure at least one aromatic or non-aromatic ring. In some instances, however, the fatty alcohols are acyclic.
  • Non-limiting examples of liquid saturated fatty alcohols include octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, and 2-hexyldecanol.
  • the unsaturated liquid fatty alcohol may include in their structure at least one double or triple bond.
  • the fatty alcohols may include several double bonds (such as 2 or 3 double bond), which may be conjugated or non-conjugated.
  • the unsaturated fatty alcohols can be linear or branched and may be acyclic or include in their structure at least one aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
  • Liquid unsaturated fatty alcohols may include or be chosen from oleyl alcohol, linoleyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol and undecylenyl alcohol.
  • Non-limiting examples of solid fatty alcohols include linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated alcohols containing from 8 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol and their mixture, cetylstearyl alcohol.
  • the fatty compounds of the skin tightening composition may be liquid or solid fatty esters at 25°C, 1 atm.
  • the fatty esters may include esters from a C6-C32 fatty acid and/or a C6-C32 fatty alcohol.
  • the fatty compounds may include or be chosen from fatty acid monoesters and diesters, polyol esters, polyglycerol esters, polyglycerol polyricinoleate, polyglycerol poly-12-hydroxystearate, polyglycerol dimerate isostearate, ethylhexanoate, polyglycerol esters, and a mixture thereof.
  • esters may be esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C1-C26 aliphatic mono or polyacids and of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C1-C25 aliphatic mono or polyalcohols, the total number of carbon atoms in the esters being greater than or equal to 10.
  • the fatty compounds comprise one or more fatty acid monoesters.
  • the esters of monoalcohols at least one of the alcohol or the acid from which the esters result is branched.
  • ethyl palmitate isopropyl palmitate
  • alkyl myristates such as isopropyl myristate or ethyl myristate
  • isocetyl stearate 2-ethylhexyl isononanoate
  • isononyl isononanoate isodecyl neopentanoate and isostearyl neopentanoate.
  • the fatty esters are cetyl esters, such as esters of saturated fatty acids and fatty alcohols.
  • the fatty esters may include or be chosen from cetyl palmitate, cetyl stearate, myristyl myristate, myristyl stearate, cetyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cetearyl ethylhexanoate, and mixtures thereof.
  • the fatty esters may be one or more of or chosen from isopropyl isostearate, n-propyl myristate, isopropyl myristate, hexyl laurate, hexadecyl isostearate, hexydecyl laurate, hexyldecyl octanoate, n-propyl palmitate, isopropyl palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
  • the fatty esters include or may be chosen from diisobutyl adipate, 2-hexyldecyl adipate, di-2-heptylundecyl adipate, monoisostearic acid N-alkyl glycol, isocetyl isostearate, trimethylolpropane triisostearate, ethylene glycol di-2- ethylhexanoate, cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate, trimethylolpropane tri-2-ethylhexanoate, pentaerythritol tetra-2-ethylhexanoate, cetyl octanoate, octyldodecyl gum ester, oleyl oleate, octyldodecyl oleate, decyl oleate, neopentyl glycol dicaprate, triethyl citrate,
  • the skin-tightening composition includes one or more of or may have fatty compounds chosen from cetearyl alcohol, cetearyl ethylhexanoate, isopropyl myristate, and mixtures thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of solid fatty acid esters and/or fatty acid esters that may be mentioned include solid esters obtained from C9-C26 fatty acids and from C9-C25 fatty alcohols.
  • solid esters obtained from C9-C26 fatty acids and from C9-C25 fatty alcohols.
  • these esters mention may be made of octyldodecyl behenate, isocetyl behenate, cetyl lactate, stearyl octanoate, octyl octanoate, cetyl octanoate, decyl oleate, myristyl stearate, octyl palmitate, octyl pelargonate, octyl stearate, alkyl myristates such as cetyl myristate, myristyl myristate or stearyl myristate, and hexyl stearate.
  • liquid fatty acid examples include triglyceride oils of plant or synthetic origin, such as liquid fatty acid triglycerides containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for instance heptanoic or octanoic acid triglycerides, or alternatively, e.g., sunflower oil, corn oil, soybean oil, marrow oil, grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, hazelnut oil, apricot oil, macadamia oil, arara oil, castor oil, avocado oil, olive oil, rapeseed oil, coconut oil, wheatgerm oil, sweet almond oil, apricot oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, coconut oil, camellina oil, tamanu oil, babassu oil and pracaxi oil, jojoba oil, shea butter oil, and mixtures thereof.
  • triglyceride oils of plant or synthetic origin such as liquid fatty acid triglycerides containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for instance heptanoi
  • the one or more fatty compounds include at least one of or are selected from fatty acid triglycerides, oils, mineral oil, alkanes, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty alcohol derivatives, alkoxylated fatty acids, polyethylene glycol esters of fatty acids, propylene glycol esters of fatty acids, butylene glycol esters of fatty acids, esters of neopentyl glycol and fatty acids, polyglycerol/glycerol esters of fatty acids, glycol diesters, diesters of ethylene glycol and fatty acids, esters of fatty acids and fatty alcohols, esters of short chain alcohols and fatty acids, esters of fatty alcohols, hydroxysubstituted fatty acids, waxes, and a mixture thereof.
  • fatty compounds of the skin-tightening composition includes one or more fatty acid triglycerides, such as caprylic/capric triglyceride.
  • the skin-tightening compositions may, in some instances, include fatty alcohol derivatives such as alkyl ethers of fatty alcohols, alkoxylated fatty alcohols, alkyl ethers of alkoxylated fatty alcohols, esters of fatty alcohols and a mixture thereof.
  • fatty alcohol derivatives such as alkyl ethers of fatty alcohols, alkoxylated fatty alcohols, alkyl ethers of alkoxylated fatty alcohols, esters of fatty alcohols and a mixture thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of fatty alcohol derivatives include materials such as methyl stearyl ether; 2- ethylhexyl dodecyl ether; stearyl acetate; cetyl propionate; the ceteth series of compounds such as ceteth-1 through ceteth-45, which are ethylene glycol ethers of cetyl alcochol, wherein the numeric designation indicates the number of ethylene glycol moieties present; the steareth series of compounds such as steareth-1 through 10, which are ethylene glycol ethers of steareth alcohol, wherein the numeric designation indicates the number of ethylene glycol moieties present; ceteareth 1 through ceteareth- 10, which are the ethylene glycol ethers of ceteareth alcohol, i.e.
  • Liquid fatty ethers may be chosen from liquid dialkyl ethers such as dicaprylyl ether.
  • the non-liquid fatty ethers may also be chosen from dialkyl ethers and in particular dicetyl ether and distearyl ether, alone or as a combination.
  • Esters of C4-C22 dicarboxylic or tricarboxylic acids and of C1-C22 alcohols and esters of monocarboxylic, dicarboxylic or tricarboxylic acids and of C4-C26 dihydroxy, trihydroxy, tetrahydroxy or pentahydroxy non-sugar alcohols may also be used.
  • the skin-tightening compositions may, in some instances, include fatty acid derivatives.
  • the fatty acid derivatives are defined herein to include fatty acid esters of the fatty alcohols as defined above, fatty acid esters of the fatty alcohol derivatives as discussed above when such fatty alcohol derivatives have an esterifiable hydroxyl group, fatty acid esters of alcohols other than the fatty alcohols and the fatty alcohol derivatives described above, hydroxy-substituted fatty acids, and a mixture thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of fatty acid derivatives include ricinoleic acid, glycerol monostearate, 12-hydroxy stearic acid, ethyl stearate, cetyl stearate, cetyl palmitate, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether stearate, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether stearate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether stearate, ethyleneglycol monostearate, polyoxyethylene monostearate, polyoxyethylene distearate, propyleneglycol monostearate, propyleneglycol distearate, trimethylolpropane distearate, sorbitan stearate, polyglyceryl stearate, dimethyl sebacate, PEG-15 cocoate, PPG-15 stearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glyceryl tristearate, PEG-8 laurate, PPG-2 isostearate, PPG-9 laurate, and a
  • the skin tightening composition may, optionally, include one or more nonionic surfactants.
  • the skin tightening composition is typically an emulsion when containing one or more nonionic surfactants, the skin tightening composition may alternatively be anhydrous when containing such nonionic surfactants.
  • the nonionic surfactant(s) may include one or more of peg-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, polyglyceryl-4 diisostearate/polyhydroxystearate/sebacate, polyglyceryl-4 isostearate, polyglyceryl-2 dipolyhydroxystearate, dimethicone (and) peg/ppg-18/18 dimethicone, lauryl peg-9 polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone, and a mixture thereof.
  • the nonionic surfactant can be, for example, selected from alcohols, alpha-diols, alkylphenols and esters of fatty acids, these compounds being ethoxylated, propoxylated or glycerolated and having at least one fatty chain comprising, for example, from 8 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the number of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide groups of the foregoing compounds may range from 2 to 50, and the number of glycerol groups may range from 1 to 30.
  • the nonionic surfactants may be chosen from polyoxyalkylenated or polyglycerolated nonionic surfactants.
  • the oxyalkylene units are more preferably oxyethylene or oxypropylene units, or a mixture thereof, and are preferably oxyethylene units.
  • the nonionic surfactant may be selected from esters of polyols with fatty acids with a saturated or unsaturated chain containing for example from 8 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 22 carbon atoms, and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100, such as glyceryl esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; polyethylene glycol esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; sorbitol esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid
  • ethoxylated fatty esters examples include the adducts of ethylene oxide with esters of lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid or behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, especially those containing from 9 to 100 oxyethylene groups — such as PEG-9 to PEG-50 laurate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 laurate to PEG-50 laurate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 palmitate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 palmitate to PEG-50 palmitate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 stearate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 stearate to PEG-50 stearate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 palmitostearate; PEG-9 to PEG-50 behenate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 behenate to PEG-50 behenate); polyethylene glycol 100 EO monostearate (CTFA name: PEG-100 stearate); and mixtures thereof.
  • PEG-9 to PEG-50 laurate as the CT
  • glyceryl esters of fatty acids glyceryl stearate (glyceryl mono-, di- and/or tristearate) (CTFA name: glyceryl stearate) or glyceryl ricinoleate and mixtures thereof can in particular be cited.
  • CFA name: glyceryl stearate glyceryl stearate
  • glyceryl ricinoleate and mixtures thereof can in particular be cited.
  • glyceryl esters of C8-C24 alkoxylated fatty acids polyethoxylated glyceryl stearate (glyceryl mono-, di- and/or tristearate) such as PEG-20 glyceryl stearate can for example be cited.
  • the amount of nonionic surfactants included in the skin tightening compositions ranges from about 0.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 8 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 6 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 5 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 4 wt.%; about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 4 wt.%; about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 8 wt.%, about 2 to about 6 wt.%, about 2 to about 5 wt.%, about 2 to about 4 wt.%; about 3 to about 10 wt.%, about 3 to about 8 wt.%, about 3 to about 6 wt.%, about 3 to about 5 wt.%, about 3 to about 4 wt.%, including all
  • the skin tightening composition may, optionally, include one or more dispersant.
  • the dispersant may be chosen from olyoxyethylene glycol ethers or esters (POE/PEG ethers or esters) or polyoxypropylene glycol ethers or esters (PPG ethers or esters), from sugar ethers or esters, from glycerol or polyglycerol ethers or esters and from ethoxylated glyceride esters (POE glyceryl esters), polyhydroxystearic acid, or a mixture thereof.
  • POE/PEG ethers or esters olyoxyethylene glycol ethers or esters
  • PPG ethers or esters polyoxypropylene glycol ethers or esters
  • POE glyceryl esters ethoxylated glyceride esters
  • the dispersant may be selected such that it protects various ingredients of the skin tightening composition, such as coloring particles, that are solid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure against their aggregation or flocculation when it is placed in contact with an aqueous composition. More generally, the dispersant may be a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several thereof, bearing one or more functionalities that have strong affinity for the surface of the compounds to be dispersed. In some instances, the dispersant may be physically adsorbed onto the surface of the particles to be dispersed. In at least one instance, the dispersant is selected from those having a hydrophilicity with an HLB of 10 or less, 7 or less, or 6 or less.
  • HLB of 10 or less means a surfactant having, at 25°C, an HLB balance (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance), within the Griffin meaning, of less than or equal to 10.
  • the dispersant may be nonionic and/or chosen from polyoxyethylene glycol ethers or esters (POE/PEG ethers or esters) or polyoxypropylene glycol ethers or esters (PPG ethers or esters), from sugar ethers or esters, from glycerol or polyglycerol ethers or esters and from ethoxylated glyceride esters (POE glyceryl esters) or from mixtures thereof.
  • the amount of dispersants included in the skin tightening compositions ranges from about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, 0.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 8 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 6 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 5 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 4 wt.%;about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 4 wt.%; about 1.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 4 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • Water-Soluble Solvents including all ranges and subranges thereof
  • the skin tightening composition may optionally include one or more water- soluble solvents.
  • water-soluble solvent is interchangeable with the term “water-miscible solvent” and means a compound that is liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), and it has a solubility of at least 50% in water under these conditions.
  • the water soluble solvent has a solubility of at least 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
  • Non-limiting examples of water-soluble solvents include, for example, glycerin, C1-4 alcohols, organic solvents, fatty alcohols, fatty ethers, fatty esters, polyols, glycols, and any a mixture thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition includes one or more C1-4 alcohols, for example, ethanol.
  • organic solvents non-limiting mentions can be made of monoalcohols and polyols such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, propyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, and phenylethyl alcohol, or glycols or glycol ethers such as, for example, monomethyl, monoethyl and monobutyl ethers of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or ethers thereof such as, for example, monomethyl ether of propylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, dipropylene glycol as well as alkyl ethers of diethylene glycol, for example monoethyl ether or monobutyl ether of diethylene glycol.
  • organic solvents are ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, propane diol, and glycerin.
  • the organic solvents can be volatile or non-volatile compounds.
  • water-soluble solvents include alkanediols (polyhydric alcohols) such as glycerin, 1 ,2,6-hexanetriol, trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentaethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 2-butene-1 ,4-diol, 2-ethyl-1 ,3-hexanediol, 2- methyl-2,4-pentanediol, (caprylyl glycol), 1 ,2-hexanediol, 1 ,2-pentanediol, and 4-methyl- 1 ,2-pentanediol; alkyl alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as ethanol, methanol, butanol, propanol, and isopropanol; glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether,
  • Polyhydric alcohols are useful.
  • examples of polyhydric alcohols include glycerin, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1 ,3-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1 ,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-1 ,3- butanediol, 1 ,5-pentanediol, tetraethylene glycol, 1 ,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4- pentanediol, polyethylene glycol, 1 ,2,4-butanetriol, 1 ,2,6-hexanetriol, and a mixture thereof.
  • Polyol compounds may also be used.
  • Non-limiting examples include the aliphatic diols, such as 2-ethyl-2-methyl-1 ,3-propanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-1 ,2-butanediol, 2 ,2-diethy 1-1 ,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1 ,3-propanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-2,4- pentanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 5-hexene-1 ,2-diol, and 2-ethyl-1 ,3- hexanediol, and a mixture thereof.
  • the total amount of the water-soluble solvents in the skin tightening composition may vary but is typically about 0.01 to about 25 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of water- soluble solvents is about 0.01 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.01 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.01 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 25 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 25 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 8 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. Filler(s)
  • the skin tightening composition may include one filler typically in an amount of about 0.5 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the filler may be present in the skin tightening composition in an amount of about 0.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 3 to about 20 wt.%, about 3.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 4 to about 20 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 5 to about 20 wt.%, about 6 to about 20 wt.%, about 7 to about 20 wt.%, about 8 to about 20 wt.%; about
  • the one filler may be nylon-12, cellulose, methacrylate crosspolymer (such as, methyl methacrylate crosspolymer), silicone powder (such as, polymethylsisesquioxane), silica, silica silylate, fumed silica and a mixture thereof.
  • methacrylate crosspolymer such as, methyl methacrylate crosspolymer
  • silicone powder such as, polymethylsisesquioxane
  • silica silica silylate
  • fumed silica and a mixture thereof.
  • Additional fillers may include polyvalent silicates such as magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, a polyvalent silicate clay, montmorillonite, bentonite, smectite, and mixtures thereof.
  • the filler may comprise magnesium aluminum silicate.
  • the skin tightening compositions may, optionally, include soft focus powder.
  • Soft focus powders are materials providing a blurring effect, typically due to their lightscattering properties on the skin. Such powders typically have high diffuse reflectance, low specular reflectance, and high diffuse transmittance. Soft focus powders give the skin a smoother appearance, for example, by reducing the difference in luminosity between the valley and the edges of wrinkles and imperfections.
  • Non-limiting examples of soft focus powders include powders of natural or synthetic origin such as mica, titanated mica, alumina, titanium dioxide, serecite, composite talc/titanium dioxide/alumina/silica powders, polyamide, poly(methyl (meth)acrylate), polyethylene powder, polymethylsilsesquioxane powder, sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2 and a mixture thereof. Additional non-limiting examples include calcium aluminum borosilicate (LIIXSIL), PMMA (Microsphere M-100), polyethylene (POLYETHYLENE Cl 2080), methyl methacrylate crosspolymer (COVABEADS LH85), nylon-12 (ORGASOL 2002), or ethylene/acrylic acid copolymer (FLOBEADS EA209).
  • LIIXSIL calcium aluminum borosilicate
  • PMMA Microsphere M-100
  • POLYETHYLENE Cl 2080 methyl methacrylate crosspolymer
  • COVABEADS LH85 methyl methacrylate crosspoly
  • the skin tightening compositions include at least one soft focus powder selected from the group consisting of silica which may or may not be coated, fumed silica, silica silylate, composite talc/titanium dioxide/alumina/silica powders, polyamide (nylon), poly(methyl (meth)acrylate), polyethylene powder, polymethylsilsesquioxane powder, waxes, such as copernicia cerifera (carnauba) wax, dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer, nylon-12, cellulose, polylactic acid, boron nitride, and a mixture thereof.
  • a soft focus powder selected from the group consisting of silica which may or may not be coated, fumed silica, silica silylate, composite talc/titanium dioxide/alumina/silica powders, polyamide (nylon), poly(methyl (meth)acrylate), polyethylene powder, polymethylsilsesquioxane powder, waxes,
  • the copernicia cerifera (carnauba) wax can be provided as a dispersion non-water and alcohol.
  • the dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer can be provided as silicone dispersion (INCI: Dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer (and) C12-14 Pareth-12).
  • the soft focus powder is (or includes) sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2, which is commercially available as AQUAKEEP 10SH-NFC as sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2 (and) water (and) silica.
  • the total amount of soft focus powder, if present, can vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of soft focus powder is about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 18 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 16 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 14 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 12 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 18 wt.%, about 1 to about 16 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 14 wt.%, about 1 to about 12 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 18 wt.%, about 2 to about 16 wt.%, about 2 to about 14 wt.%, about 2 to about 12 wt.%, about 2 to about 2 to
  • the composition may include at least one pigment, for example to create a colored film on the skin, which may be useful to hide certain skin imperfections.
  • the at least one pigment may be chosen from inorganic or organic pigments.
  • pigments is intended to mean white or colored, mineral or organic particles, alone or coated on a substrate, which are insoluble in the composition in which they are present, but which may be further treated by various treatment processes with various chemical coatings. Pigments are intended to color and/or opacify the resulting film. If pigments are coated with hydrophobic groups, the treated pigments would be more hydrophobic and thus would be dispersed well in the oil phase of an O/W or W/O emulsion. If the pigments are coated with hydrophilic groups, they would be more hydrophilic and thus would be dispersed well in the water phase of a W/O or O/W emulsion.
  • untreated pigments are those pigments that have not undergone any coating processes that materially alter their hydrophobic or hydrophilic character.
  • the average particle size or average particle diameter of the pigments is typically less than about 1 pm and more typically greater than about 0.1 pm.
  • inorganic pigments that may be used include titanium oxides, zirconium oxides, alumina, calcium carbonate, barium Sulphate, calcium Sulphate, cerium oxides, zinc oxides, iron oxides, chromium oxides, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, chromium hydrate and titanium dioxide, the composite particles comprising them, and their mixtures.
  • pigments may be chosen from titanium dioxide and red, black, and/or yellow iron oxide, as well as mixtures thereof. Use may also be made of mixtures of various kinds of pigments. Mention may also be made of colloidal silica/alumina composite particles.
  • silica/alumina composite is understood to mean silica particles in which aluminum atoms have been partially substituted for silicon atoms, that is to say particles composed of silicon oxide, the surface of which has been modified chemically so as to replace some at least of the silicon atoms by aluminum atoms, forming at most a monomolecular layer of aluminum.
  • Uncoated or untreated titanium oxide pigments are sold, for example, by the company Tayca under the trade names Microtitanium Dioxide MT500 B or Microtitanium Dioxide MT 600 B, by the company Degussa under the name P25, by the company Wackher under the name Transparent titanium oxide PW, by the company Myoshi Kasei under the name UFTR, by the company Tomen under the name ITS, by the company Kobo under the name TIO2 CR-50 I2, by the company Myoshi Kasei under the name NAI- TAO-77891 and by the company Tioxide under the name Tioveil AQ.
  • Uncoated or untreated Zinc oxide pigments are, for example: those sold under the name Z-Cote by the company Sunsmart; those sold under the name NanoX by the company Elementis; those sold under the name Nanogard WCD 2025 by the company Nanophase Technologies.
  • Uncoated or untreated cerium oxide pigments are sold under the name Colloidal Cerium Oxide by the company Rhone-Poulenc.
  • Uncoated or untreated iron oxide pigments are sold, for example, by the company Arnaud under the names Nanogard WCD 2002 (FE 45B), Nanogard Iron FE 45 BLAQ, Nanogard FE45RAQ and Nanogard WCD 2006 (FE 45R) or by the company Mitsubishi under the name TY-220.
  • Non limiting examples may include pearlescent pigments, such as mica coated with pigments, and alumina coated with pigments.
  • Surface treated composite pigments such as surface-treated titanium oxides/alumina composites and iron oxides/alumina composites, for example, are sold byt the company Sensient under the trade name COVALUMINE SONOMA YELLOW AS, COVALUMINE SONOMA RED AS, COVALUMINE ATLAS WHITE AS, and COVALUMINE SONOMA BLACK AS.
  • Nacres may be chosen from white pearlescent pigments such as mica coated with titanium or with bismuth oxychloride, colored pearlescent pigments such as titanium mica with iron oxides, titanium mica with in particular ferric blue or the chromium oxide, titanium mica with an organic pigment of the abovementioned type, and pearlescent pigments based on bismuth oxychloride.
  • nacre means coloured particles of any shape, which may or may not be iridescent, in particular produced by certain molluscs in their shell, or alternatively synthesized, and which have a colour effect via optical interference.
  • nacres used in the compositions according to the present invention may be in lamellar (or platelet form), spherical (or globular) form, or in any other intermediate form between these defined forms.
  • spherical particles means particles in the form or substantially in the form of a sphere.
  • lamellar particles or “platelet form” means herein particles of parallelepipedal shape (rectangular or square surface), discoid shape (circular surface) or ellipsoid shape (oval surface), characterized by three dimensions: a length, a width and a height.
  • the nacres may be selected from nacreous pigments such as mica coated with an iron oxide, mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, mica coated with Titanium oxide or dioxide, mica coated with chromium oxide, mica coated with tin oxide, mica coated with SnO2, mica coated by BaSO4, mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride.
  • nacreous pigments such as mica coated with an iron oxide, mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, mica coated with Titanium oxide or dioxide, mica coated with chromium oxide, mica coated with tin oxide, mica coated with SnO2, mica coated by BaSO4, mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride.
  • They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
  • nacres examples include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
  • nacres may be mentioned are platelets type mica coated with titanium oxide, iron oxide, or both of them.
  • nacres available on the market mention may be made of the nacres Timica® sold by the company BASF, Flamenco and Duochrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres sold by the company Sun Chemical.
  • the nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and/or coppery colour or tint.
  • the nacre useful to the present invention is in platelet form. More particularly, the nacre is platelets of mica at the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides.
  • nacres of this type are commercially available, for example, sold by the company BASF under the tradename Timica® Terra White MN4501 , which is a white powder.
  • pigments with a structure that may be, for example, of silica microspheres containing iron oxide type may be used.
  • An example of a pigment having this structure is the product sold by the company Miyoshi under the reference PC Ball PC-LL-100 P, constituted of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
  • the skin tightening compositions may include one or more oil dispersible pigments.
  • hydrophobic treatments are used to make the pigments dispersible in oil.
  • the one or more oil soluble dispersible pigments is chosen from Untreated Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide, Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide (And) Isopropyl Titanium Triisostearate, Alumina (and) Iron Oxides/Titanium Dioxide (and) Triethoxycaprylylsilane (and) Silica Dimethyl Silylate, Mica (And) Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide, Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide (And) Disodium Stearoyl Glutamate (And) Aluminum Hydroxide, and mixture thereof.
  • the total amount of oil dispersible pigments present may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the skin tightening compositions may include one or more water dispersible pigments.
  • hydrophilic treatments are used to make the pigments water dispersible.
  • Non-limiting examples include TiO2 coated with superhydrophilic phytic acid, yellow iron oxide with phytic acid superhydrophilic surface treatment, red iron oxide with superhydrophilic phytic acid treatment, black iron oxide coated with superhydrophilic phytic acid treatment and mixtures thereof.
  • the total amount of water dispersible pigments present may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of water and oil dispersible pigments present may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • the total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
  • organic pigments that may be used include nitroso, nitro, azo, xanthene, pyrene, guinoline, anthraguinone, triphenylmethane, fluorane, phthalocyanin, metal complex, isoindolinone, isoindoline, guinacridone, perinone, perylene, diketopyrrolopyrrole, indigo, thioindigo, dioxazine, triphenylmethane and guinophthalone compounds.
  • the organic pigments may be chosen from carmine lake, carbon black, aniline black, azo yellow, guinacridone, phthalocyanine blue, the blue pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 42090, 69800, 69825, 73000, 74100 and 74160, the yellow pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 11680, 11710, 15985, 19140, 20040, 21100, 21108, 47000 and 47005, the green pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 61565, 61570 and 74260, the orange pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 11725, 15510, 45370 and 71105, the red pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 12085, 12120, 12370, 12420, 12490, 14700, 15525, 15580, 15620, 15630, 15800, 15850, 15865, 15880, 17200, 26100, 45380, 45410, 58000, 73
  • the skin tightening compositions may, optionally, include one or more skin active agents, such as anti-aging agent, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-depuffing agent, anti-dark circles actives, anti-oxidants, humectants, moisturizing ingredients, depigmenting agents, and/or agents for treating oily skin etc.
  • the skin active agents may be included in the skin tightening composition in an amount ranging from greater than zero to about to about 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the total amount of skin active agents may be from greater than zero to about 9 wt.%, greater than zero to about 8 wt.%, greater than zero to about 7 wt.%, greater than zero to about 6 wt.%, greater than zero to about 5 wt.%, greater than zero to about 4 wt.%, greater than zero to about 3 wt.%, greater than zero to about 2 wt.%; about 10 ppm to about 10 wt.% (100,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 5 wt.% (50,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 2.5 wt.% (25,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 1 wt.% (10,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.5 wt.% (5,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.3 wt.% (3,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.2 wt.% (2,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 10 pp
  • Humectants and/or moisturizing ingredients examples include glycerol and its derivatives, urea and its derivatives, especially Hydrovance marketed by National Starch, lactic acid, hyaluronic acid, AHA, BHA, sodium pidolate, xylitol, serine, sodium lactate, ectoin and its derivatives, chitosan and its derivatives, collagen, plankton, an extract of Imperata cylindra sold under the name Moist 24 by Sederma, homopolymers of acrylic acid as Lipidure-HM of NOF Corporation, beta-glucan and in particular sodium carboxymethyl beta-glucan Mibelle-AG-Biochemistry, a mixture of oils passionflower, apricot, corn, and rice bran sold by Nestle under the name NutraLipids, a C-glycoside derivatives, in particular the C-13-D-xylopyranoside-2-hydroxypropane in the form
  • Depigmenting agents that may be incorporated in the skin tightening composition include those chosen from alpha and beta arbutin, ferulic acid, lucinol and its derivatives, kojic acid, resorcinol and derivatives thereof, tranexamic acid and derivatives thereof, gentisic acid, homogentisic, methyl gentisate or homogentisate, dioic acid, D pantheteine calcium sulphonate, lipoic acid, ellagic acid, vitamin B3, linoleic acid and its derivatives, certain compounds derived from plants such as chamomile, bearberry, the aloe family (vera, ferox, bardensis), mulberry, skullcap, a water kiwi fruit (Actinidia chinensis) marketed by Gattefosse, an extract of Paeonia suffruticosa root, such as that sold by Ichimaru Pharcos under the name Liquid Botanpi Be an extract of brown sugar (S
  • Particular depigmenting agents include alpha and beta arbutin, ferulic acid, kojic acid, resorcinol and derivatives, D pantheteine calcium sulfonate, lipoic acid, ellagic acid, vitamin B3, a water kiwi fruit (Actinidia chinensis) marketed by Gattefosse, an extract of Paeonia suffruticosa root, such as that sold by the company Ichimaru Pharcos under the name Botanpi Liquid B.
  • the skin tightening composition may include one or more anti-wrinkle actives.
  • anti-wrinkle active refers to a natural or synthetic compound producing a biological effect, such as the increased synthesis and/or activity of certain enzymes, when brought into contact with an area of wrinkled skin, this has the effect of reducing the appearance of wrinkles and/or fine lines.
  • Exemplary anti-wrinkle actives may be chosen from: desquamating agents, anti-glycation agents, inhibitors of NO-synthase, agents stimulating the synthesis of dermal or epidermal macromolecules and/or preventing their degradation, agents for stimulating the proliferation of fibroblasts and/or keratinocytes, or for stimulating keratinocyte differentiation reducing agents; muscle relaxants and/or dermo-decontracting agents, anti-free radical agents, and mixtures thereof.
  • adenosine and its derivatives and retinoids other than retinol are: adenosine and its derivatives and retinoids other than retinol (as discussed above, such as retinol palmitate), ascorbic acid and its derivatives such as magnesium ascorbyl phosphate and ascorbyl glucoside; caffeine; nicotinic acid and its precursors such as nicotinamide; ubiquinone; glutathione and precursors thereof such as L-2-oxothiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, the compounds C- glycosides and their derivatives as described in particular in EP-1345919, in particular C-beta-D-xylopyranoside-2-hydroxy-propane as described in particular in EP-1345919, plant extracts including sea fennel and extracts of olive leaves, as well as plant and hydrolysates thereof such as rice protein hydrolysates or soybean proteins; algal extracts and in particular laminaria, bacterial
  • the skin tightening composition includes adenosine derivatives, such as non-phosphate derivatives of adenosine, such as in particular the 2'- deoxyadenosine, 2',3'-adenosine isopropoylidene; the toyocamycine, 1- methyladenosine, N-6-methyladenosine; adenosine N-oxide, 6-methylmercaptopurine riboside, and the 6-chloropurine riboside.
  • adenosine derivatives such as non-phosphate derivatives of adenosine, such as in particular the 2'- deoxyadenosine, 2',3'-adenosine isopropoylidene
  • the toyocamycine 1- methyladenosine, N-6-methyladenosine
  • adenosine N-oxide 6-methylmercaptopurine riboside
  • adenosine receptor agonists such as adenosine phenylisopropyl ("PIA"), 1 -methylisoguanosine, N6- cyclohexyladenosine (CHA), N6-cyclopentyladenosine (CPA), 2-chloro-N6- cyclopentyladenosine, 2-chloroadenosine, N6-phenyladenosine, 2- phenylaminoadenosine, MECA, N 6-phenethyladenosine, 2-p-(2-carboxy-ethyl) phenethyl-amino-5'- -N-ethylcarboxamido adenosine (CGS-21680), N- ethylcarboxamido-adenosine (NECA), the 5'(N-cyclopropyl)-carboxamidoadenosine, DPMA (PD 129.944) and metri
  • the skin tightening composition may include one or more anti-aging actives.
  • the anti-aging actives can also include at least one hydroxy acid selected from alpha, beta or polyhydroxy acids.
  • a hydroxy acid may be selected from the group consisting of lactic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, mandelic acid, lactobionic acid, gluconolactone, galactose, and mixtures thereof.
  • the skin tightening composition may, optionally, include a skin active agent that addresses oily skin.
  • These agents can be sebo-regulating or antiseborrhoeic agents capable of regulating the activity of sebaceous glands.
  • Exemplary skin active agents for addressing oily skin include: retinoic acid, benzoyl peroxide, sulfur, vitamin B6 (pyridoxine or) chloride, selenium, samphire--the cinnamon extract blends, tea and octanoylglycine such as--15 Sepicontrol A5 TEA from Seppic--the mixture of cinnamon, sarcosine and octanoylglycine marketed especially by Seppic under the trade name Sepicontrol A5--zinc salts such as zinc gluconate, zinc pyrrolidonecarboxylate (or zinc pidolate), zinc lactate, zinc aspartate, zinc carboxylate, zinc salicylate 20, zinc cysteate;- -derivatives particularly copper
  • Vitamin C and derivatives may be used, including ascorbic acid, sodium ascorbate, and the fat soluble esters tetrahexyldecyl ascorbate and ascorbyl palmitate, magnesium ascorbyl phosphate, ascorbyl-glucoside, glucosamine ascorbate, ascorbyl acetate, etc. Additionally, extracts from plants containing a high amount of vitamin C such as camu berry (Myrciaria dubia), acerola, emblica officinalis, and bioflavonoids from rose hip and citrus may be used including water soluble bioflavonoids such as hesperidin methyl chaicone may also be used.
  • camu berry Myrciaria dubia
  • acerola emblica officinalis
  • bioflavonoids from rose hip and citrus may be used including water soluble bioflavonoids such as hesperidin methyl chaicone may also be used.
  • Sesame Sesamum indicum
  • sesame lignan may also be added. Sesame and its lignans (the fibrous compounds associated with the sesame) act as antioxidants. Sesame seed lignans significantly enhance vitamin E activity.
  • antioxidants include tocopherols (e.g. d-a-tocopherol, d-[3-tocopherol, d-y- tocopherol, d-delta-tocopherol), tocotrienols (e.g. d-a-tocotrienol, d-(3-tocotrienol, d-y.- tocotrienol, d-delta-tocotrienol,) and vitamin E (a-tocopherol acetate). These compounds may be isolated from natural sources, prepared by synthetic means, or mixtures thereof.
  • tocopherols e.g. d-a-tocopherol, d-[3-tocopherol, d-y- tocopherol, d-delta-tocopherol
  • tocotrienols e.g. d-a-tocotrienol, d-(3-tocotrienol, d-y.- tocotrienol, d-delta-
  • Tocotrienol-enriched vitamin E preparations may be obtained by fractionating vitamin E preparations to remove a portion of tocopherols and recover a preparation more highly concentrated in tocotrienol.
  • Useful tocotrienols are natural products isolated, for example, from wheat germ oil, grain, or palm oil using high performance liquid chromatography, or isolated by alcohol extraction and/or molecular distillation from barley, brewer's grain or oats.
  • the term "tocotrienols" includes tocotrienol-rich-fractions obtained from these natural products as well as the pure compounds. The increased glutathione peroxidase activity protects the skin from oxidative damage.
  • carotenoids particularly the xanthophyll type
  • xanthophyll type carotenoids include molecules, such as lutein, canthaxantin, cryptoxanthin, zeaxanthin and astaxanthin.
  • Xanthophylls protect compounds, such as vitamin A, vitamin E, and other carotenoids.
  • the active agent may be an antioxidant selected from the group of flavonoids.
  • the flavonoid is a flavanone (derivative of 2,3-dihydro-2- phenylchromen-4-one).
  • Flavones include: Butin, Eriodictyol, Hesperetin, Hesperidin, Homoeriodictyol, Isosakuranetin, Naringenin, Naringin, Pinocembrin, Poncirin, Sakuranetin, Sakuranin, and Sterubin.
  • the flavonoid may be a flavanonol (derivative of 3-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-2-phenylchromen-4-one).
  • Flavanols include: Taxifolin, Aromadedrin, Chrysandroside A, Chrysandroside B, Xeractinol, Astilbin, and Fustin.
  • the flavonoid may be a flavone (derivative of 2-phenylchromen-4-one).
  • Flavones include: Apigenin, Luteolin, Tangeritin, Chrysin, Baicalein, Scutellarein, Wogonin, Synthetic Flavones: Diosmin, and Flavoxate.
  • the flavonoid may be a flavonol (derivative of 3-hydroxy-2-phenylchromen-4-one).
  • Flavonols include: 3-Hydroxyflavone, Azaleatin, Fisetin, Galangin, Gossypetin, Kaempferide, Kaempferol, Isorhamnetin, Morin, Myricetin, Natsudaidain, Pachypodol, Quercetin, Rhamnazin, Rhamnetin, Azalein, Hyperoside, Isoquercitin, Kaempferitrin, Myricitrin, Quercitrin, Robinin, Rutin, Spiraeoside, Xanthorhamnin, Amurensin, Icariin, and Troxerutin.
  • the flavonoid may be a flavan-3-ol (derivatives of 2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-3-ol).
  • Flavan-3-ols include: Catechin, Epicatechin, Epigallocatechin, Epicatechin gallate, Epigallocatechin gallate, Epiafzelechin, Fisetinidol, Guibourtinidol, Mesquitol, and Robinetinidol.
  • the flavonoid may be a flavan-4-ol (derivative of 2-phenylchroman-4-ol).
  • Flavan-4-ols include: Apiforol and Luteoforol.
  • the flavonoid may be an isoflavone (derivative of 3- phenylchromen-4-one).
  • Isoflavones include: Genistein, Daidzein, Biochanin A, Formononetin, and the Equol metabolite from Daidzein.
  • the antioxidant may be an anthocyanidin (derivative of 2-phenylchromenylium cation).
  • Anthocyanidins include: Aurantinidin, Cyanidin, Delphinidin, Europinidin, Luteolinidin, Pelargonidin, Malvidin, Peonidin, Petunidin, Rosinidin, and Xanthone.
  • the antioxidant may be a Dihydrochalcone (derivative of 1 ,3-diphenyl-1 - propanone).
  • Dihydrochalcones include: Phloretin, Dihydrochalcone phloretin Phlorizin, Aspalathin, Naringin dihydrochalcone, Neohesperidin dihydrochalcone, and Nothofagin.
  • dihydrochalcones may exert an antioxidant effect by reducing reactive free radicals, like reactive oxygen and reactive nitrogen species.
  • the antioxidant may be an anthocyanin.
  • Anthocyanins and their derivatives are antioxidants.
  • Anthocyanins encompasses a class of flavonoid compounds that are naturally occurring, water-soluble compounds, responsible for the red, purple, and blue colors of many fruits, vegetables, cereal grains, and flowers.
  • anthocyanins are collagenase inhibitors. The inhibition of collagenase helps in the prevention and reduction of wrinkles, increase in skin elasticity, etc., which are caused by a reduction in skin collagen.
  • the anthocyanins may be obtained from any portion of various plant sources, such as the fruit, flower, stem, leaves, root, bark, or seeds.
  • antioxidants may include one or more betacyanin. Betacyanins, like anthocyanins, may be obtained from natural sources and are antioxidants.
  • the antioxidant may be a Phenylpropanoid (derivatives of cinnamic acid).
  • Phenylpropanoids include: Cinnamic acid, Caffeic acid, Ferulic acid, Trans-ferulic acid (including its antioxidant pharmacore 2,6-dihydroxyacetophenome), 5-Hydroxyferulic acid, Sinapic acid, Coumaryl alcohol, Coniferyl alcohol, Sinapyl alcohol, Eugenol, Chavicol, Safrole, P-coumaric acid, and Sinapinic acid.
  • Phenylpropanoids may neutralize free radicals.
  • the antioxidant may be a Chaicone (derivative of 1 ,3-diphenyl-2-propen-1-one). Chaicones include: Butein, Okanin, Carthamin, Marein, Sophoradin, Xanthohumol, Flavokvain A, Flavokavain B, Flavokavin C, and synthetic Safalcone.
  • the antioxidant may be a Curcuminoid.
  • Curcuminoids include: Curcumin, Desmethoxycurcumin, bis-Desmethoxycurcumin, Tetrahydrocurcumin, and Tetrahydrocurcuminoids.
  • Curcumin and tetrahydrocurcuminoids may be derived from rhizomes of Curcuma longa. Tetrahydrocurcumin, a metabolite of curcumin, has been found to be a more potent antioxidant and more stable compared to curcumin.
  • the antioxidant may be a Tannin. Tannins include: Tannin, Terflavin B, Glucogallin, Dgallic acid, and Quercitannic acid.
  • the antioxidant may be a stilbenoid.
  • Stilbenoids include: Resveratrol, Pterostilbene, and Piceatannol.
  • Resveratrol may include, but is not limited to, 3,5,4'- trihydroxystilbene, 3,4,3',5'-tetrahydroxystilbene (piceatannol), 2, 3', 4,5'- tetrahydroxystilbene (oxyresveratrol), 4,4'-dihydroxystilbene, and alpha and beta glucoside, galactoside and mannoside derivatives thereof.
  • the antioxidant may be a Coumarin (derivatives of 2H-chromen-2-one).
  • Coumarins include: 4-Hydroxycoumarin, Umbelliferone, Aesculetin, Herniarin, Auraptene, and Dicoumarol.
  • the antioxidant may be a Carotenoid.
  • Carotenoids include: beta-Carotene, alpha-Carotene, gamma-Carotene, beta-Cryptoxanthin, Lycopene, Lutein, and Idebenone.
  • Sesame (Sesamum indicum) or sesame lignan may also be added. Sesame and its lignans (the fibrous compounds associated with the sesame) act as antioxidants. Sesame seed lignans significantly enhance vitamin E activity.
  • the antioxidant may be: a Xanthone, Butylated Hydroxytoluene, 2 ,6-D i-tert- butylphenol, 2,4-Dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol, Gallic acid, Eugenol, Uric acid, alpha- Lipoic acid, Ellagic acid, Chicoric acid, Chlorogenic acid, Rosmarinic acid, Salicylic acid, Acetylcysteine, S-Allyl cysteine, Barbigerone, Chebulagic acid, Edaravone, Ethoxyquin, Glutathione, Hydroxytyrosol, Idebenone, Melatonin, N-Acetylserotonin, Nordihydroguaiaretic acid, Oleocanthal, Oleuropein, Paradol, Piceatannol, Probucol, Propyl gallate, Protocatechuic acid, Pyritinol, Rutin, Secoisolariciresinol diglucoside, Sesamin
  • the skin tightening compositions described herein may contain one or more additional ingredients (additives and miscellaneous ingredients).
  • additional ingredients include, but are not limited to surfactants, emulsifiers, thickeners (such as polysaccharide-based thickeners), other polymers, proteins, hydrolyzed proteins, amino acids, fragrance, pH adjusters, and preservatives. Additional details regarding such additional ingredients follows below.
  • the skin tightening composition according to the disclosure can comprise any additional ingredients suitable for use in skin tightening compositions.
  • Such ingredients may include, but are not limited to, cosmetically acceptable solvents, silicone compounds, rheology modifying agents such as acrylic polymers, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants or mixtures thereof, anionic, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric or zwitterionic polymers or mixtures, humectants and moisturizing agents, fatty substances other than the claimed fatty substances, emulsifying agents other than fatty substances, fillers, structuring agents, propellants, shine agents, conditioning agents, antioxidants or reducing agents, penetrants, sequestrants, fragrances, buffers, dispersants, conditioning agents, for instance volatile or non-volatile, modified or unmodified silicones, ceramides, preserving agents, opacifiers, sunscreen agents, and antistatic agents.
  • Acids for example citric acid, can affect the pH of the system
  • the skin tightening composition may also contain acid and alkali pH adjusters, which are well known in the art.
  • pH adjusters include, but are not limited to, sodium metasilicate, silicate compounds, citric acid, ascorbic acid, and carbonate compounds.
  • the skin tightening compositions are particularly useful for improving the appearance of skin, especially the skin of a human. When the skin tightening compositions are applied to the skin, they provide an immediate improvement to the appearance of the skin that is long lasting.
  • the skin tightening compositions are particularly useful for method of: reducing the appearance of fine lines of the skin; reducing the appearance of wrinkles of the skin; improving the tone of skin and/or improving the evenness of skin tone; improving skin softness and/or smoothness; reducing the appearance of eye bags; reducing the appearance of dark circles around and/or below the eyes; reducing the appearance of pores and/or scars; and/or increasing the radiance, luminosity, and/or glow of the skin.
  • an effective amount of a skin tightening composition is applied to the skin to be treated, for example, the skin of the face and/or neck.
  • a skin tightening composition can be applied with the hands or may be applied using a brush, sponge, tissue, cotton swab, fabric, or applicator (e.g., pen or other device), etc.
  • the amount needed to achieve the desired effect can be ascertained by the consumer.
  • compositions were prepared in accordance with aspects of the disclosure and are reported in Table 2-4 below.
  • Several prototypes of compositions were prepared at lab scale using a speed mixer using the following protocol:
  • Hydrophilic film former was mixed in water (with magnesium sulfate for charge)
  • Preservatives, surfactants and oil phase film former (dispersed in isododecane) were added to the aqueous film former solution/suspension from Step 1 in the same speed mixer cup. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
  • Volatile hydrocarbon oil e.g. Isododecane
  • Pigments if present were also added at this step.
  • the mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
  • Silicone Elastomer was added to the emulsion from Step 3. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
  • Step 4. Filler, Thickener and Soft focus powders were added to the emulsion from Step 4. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
  • the mechanical properties of the film were evaluated by applying the formulas on a stretchable fabric with a polyurethane coating at 10 mg/cm2 volume.
  • the film was allowed to dry for 3 hours before evaluation and scoring.
  • the scores for internal stress were given for each film based on the level of curl obtained on the fabric upon drying of the film.
  • the fabric with the dried film was uniaxially stretched at 25% extension of its original length in the direction of stretch.
  • the level of cracking and/or crazing was then scored. The scores are based on the scale of internal stress/curl, cracking and crazing in Table 1 .
  • 1 1nternal stress Internal tension experienced by a material.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • Example I was considered as the baseline since it didn’t contain any hydrophilic film former.
  • Examples were considered inventive when an improvement of both, cracking and crazing, was obtained.
  • Hydrophilic film formers with Tg ⁇ 80°C were found to be the most promising in enhancing the mechanical robustness of the film without compromising the internal stress (i.e. both crazing and cracking were improved).
  • Tg between 80°C and 220°C
  • composition in this example was prepared to confirm the reproducibility of results seen in the evaluation of compositions in examples 2 and 3.
  • one film former was chosen with Tg similar to one of the oil phase film formers evaluated in previous examples.
  • the film of the comparative composition showed significant cracking and crazing
  • the film of the inventive composition did not undergo any cracking or crazing upon stretch, similar to what was seen in example 2 with the composition with acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer film former in oil phase.
  • ranges provided are meant to include every specific range within, and combination of sub ranges between, the given ranges.
  • a range from 1-5 includes specifically 1 , 2, 3, 4 and 5, as well as sub ranges such as 2-5, 3-5, 2-3, 2- 4, 1-4, etc.
  • the skin tightening compositions of the instant disclosure can be free or essentially free of all components and elements positively recited throughout the instant disclosure.
  • Some of the various categories of components identified may overlap. In such cases where overlap may exist and the composition includes both components (or the composition includes more than two components that overlap), an overlapping compound does not represent more than one component.
  • a fatty acid may be characterized as both a nonionic surfactant and a fatty compound.
  • a particular composition includes both a nonionic surfactant and a fatty compound
  • a single fatty acid will serve as only the nonionic surfactant or as only the fatty compound (the single fatty acid does not serve as both the nonionic surfactant and the fatty compound).
  • a “an,” and “the” are understood to encompass the plural as well as the singular.
  • the term “a mixture thereof” also relates to “mixtures thereof.”
  • the term “a mixture thereof” is used, following a list of elements as shown in the following example where letters A-F represent the elements: “one or more elements selected from the group consisting of A, B, C, D, E, F, and a mixture thereof.”
  • the term, “a mixture thereof” does not require that the mixture include all of A, B, C, D, E, and F (although all of A, B, C, D, E, and F may be included). Rather, it indicates that a mixture of any two or more of A, B, C, D, E, and F can be included.
  • treat refers to the application of the compositions of the present disclosure onto the surface of keratinous substrates such as skin, in particular, the skin of the head, face, and neck.
  • compositions/methods/kits may be free or essentially free of the component.
  • a particular composition may be free or essentially free of alkoxylated compounds, for example, ethoxylated thickening agents and/or ethoxylated surfactants.
  • a particular composition may be free or essentially free of sulfates, such as sulfate surfactants.
  • film-forming polymer film former
  • film forming agent film forming agent

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Gerontology & Geriatric Medicine (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)

Abstract

Skin tightening compositions for application to the skin for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin. The skin tightening compositions typically include an oil phase comprising at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils; and an aqueous phase comprising about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; and at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with Tg less than about 80°C.

Description

SKIN PERFECTING COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims benefit of U.S. Non Provisional Application No. 17/136,353, filed December 29, 2020, and French Patent Application No. 2011701, filed March 01, 2021 , which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
The present disclosure relates to skin tightening compositions for application to the skin for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, for example, by reducing the appearance of wrinkles, eye bags, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness.
BACKGROUND
Skin produces less collagen and elastin as it ages. For example, after the age of twenty, a person (human) produces about 1 percent less collagen in the skin each year. As a result, the skin becomes thinner and more fragile. Inevitably, wrinkles, crow’s feet, age-spots, eye bags, and the like, begin to form.
Consumers often wish to improve the appearance of such age-related skin imperfections, preferably with instantaneous results. Many consumer products and procedures devoted to hiding and reducing wrinkles are available. Some products and procedures are simple and inexpensive, for example, applying make-up, particularly a primer or colored foundation, to cover the skin (and thereby cover and/or fill the wrinkles and provide a smoother look). Far more expensive and drastic procedures, such as surgical face lifts and Botox® injections, are also used to reduce the appearance of wrinkles. However, many consumers either cannot afford, or do not wish, to undergo such drastic cosmetic procedures. There are a number of lotions and creams that are formulated to hydrate the skin and make it more supple, thereby reducing the appearance of wrinkles. Some of these products contain active ingredients, for example, niacinamide, that help repair and rejuvenate skin over time. Unfortunately, however, all of these products and procedures have drawbacks.
Make-up products are often visible, offer minimal texture benefits, and have no long-term lasting effect on the skin. After removal of the make-up, the skin looks the same as before the make-up was applied. Common skin care products can have chronic, acute or both effects on the skin. Hydration and optical effects are common acute benefits, but these benefits quickly wear-off over time.
Attempts have been made to develop new categories of products to improve the appearance of skin without the drawbacks of existing products and procedures. One such family of products can be generally classified as “adhesive, contractile film-forming polymers.” Film-forming polymers are chemical compositions that when applied to skin, leave a pliable, cohesive and continuous covering. A select group of film-forming polymers are also adhesive to the skin and contractile.
Usually, emulsion based formulations developed to conceal fine lines, wrinkles and under-eye bags and dark circles include hydrophobic film formers in the external oil phase. The present invention is different from the prior art due to the presence of hydrophilic film formers in the aqueous phase of the w/o emulsion which reinforce the mechanical integrity of the resulting film, a feature not present in the prior art.
This invention aims to improve the performance of prior film technologies that only include film formers in the oil phase. The additional film former in the aqueous phase reinforces the film after application making it mechanically more robust and longer lasting.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
The instant disclosure is directed to skin tightening compositions for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, e.g., by reducing the appearance skin imperfections like fine lines, wrinkles, eye bags, sagging skin, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness, such that the results last at least the whole day.
Skin tightening compositions according to an aspect of disclosure typically include:
A) Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) from about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) from about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils;
B) Aqueous phase comprising a) From about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with a Tg less than about 80°C; and wherein all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
The composition typically provides a tightening of the skin by smoothing wrinkles, under eye bags, hide dark circles but also cover imperfections (pimples) upon application to the skin.
In one or more embodiments, the composition may comprise one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers selected from trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer , acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer, acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, C30-45 alkyldimethylsilylpolypropylsilsequixane, trimethylsilsesquixane, polypropylsilsesquixane, acrylates/dimethicone copolymer, octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VA/butyl maleate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/t-butylacrylamide copolymer, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, triacontanyl PVP copolymer, acrylates/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, norbomene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornenecopolymer, Styrene/Butadiene Copolymer and a mixture thereof. In some embodiments, the one or more thickening agents are selected from polyamide-8, hydrogenated styrene/isoprene copolymer, nylon-611/dimethicone copolymer, dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer, dimethicone crosspolymer, VP/EICOSENE copolymer, silicone elastomer, emulsifying silicone elastomers, fumed silicas, hydrophobically modified silica, silica silylate, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate, an activated clay, disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, benzalkonium bentonite, clays and a mixture thereof.
In one or more embodiments, the one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils are chosen from an isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof.
In one or more embodiments, the one or more hydrophilic film former with a Tg less than about 80°C is chosen from polyurethanes, hydrophilic acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol and mixture thereof.
In some embodiments, the one or more hydrophilic film former is present from about 2 wt.% to about 45 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Additionally, or alternatively, the skin tightening composition may comprise one or more inorganic pigments. In one or more embodiments, the one or more inorganic pigments are selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, Titanium dioxide-coated mica, Iron oxide-coated mica, Titanium dioxidecoated alumina, Iron oxide-coated almina, aluminum hydroxide, chromium oxide, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, chromium hydrate, ferric blue, aluminum powder, copper powder, silver powder, gold powder, barium sulfate, carbon black, and mixture thereof.
Additionally, or alternatively, the skin tightening composition may include a nonvolatile fatty compound. In one embodiment, the skin tightening composition may comprise about 0.1 to about 20 wt.% of a non-volatile fatty compound based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In one or more embodiments, the one or more non-volatile fatty compounds are chosen from polyolefins (petoleum), waxes, squalane, squalene, hydrogenated polyisobutene, hydrogenated polydecene, polybutene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, dimethicone, and a mixture thereof.
Additionally, or alternatively, the skin tightening composition may include a nonionic surfactant.
Additionally, or alternatively, the skin tightening composition may include a filler. In one or more embodiments, the one or more fillers is chosen from nylon-12, cellulose, methacrylate crosspolymer (such as, methyl methacrylate crosspolymer), silicone powder (such as, polymethylsisesquioxane), sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2, and a mixture thereof.
Additionally, or alternatively, the skin tightening composition may include one or more active compounds.
In accordance with another aspect of the disclosure, the skin tightening compositions may include:
A) Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils selected from isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof;
B) Aqueous phase comprising a) about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with Tg less than about 80°C; and all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In accordance with another aspect of the disclosure, the skin tightening compositions may include: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickeners; c) about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils; d) about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; e) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with Tg less than about 80°C; and all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Methods for improving the appearance of skin according to yet a further aspect of the disclosure typically include the application of a skin tightening composition of the disclosure to skin. The method for improving the appearance of skin may comprise: reducing the appearance of fine lines of the skin; reducing the appearance of wrinkles of the skin; improving the tone of skin and/or improving the evenness of skin tone; improving skin softness and/or smoothness; reducing the appearance of eye bags; reducing the appearance of dark circles around and/or below the eyes; reducing the appearance of pores and/or scars; and/or increasing the radiance, luminosity, and/or glow of the skin.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Implementations of the present technology will now be described, by way of example only, with reference to the attached figures, wherein:
FIG. 1 graphically shows an undisturbed film, crazing of film under uniaxial stretch, and cracking of film under uniaxial stretch. It should be understood that the various aspects are not limited to the arrangements and instrumentality shown in the drawings.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCLOSURE
The instant disclosure is directed to skin tightening compositions for providing an instantaneous and dramatic improvement to the appearance of skin, e.g., by reducing the appearance skin imperfections like fine lines, wrinkles, eye bags, sagging skin, pores, and skin imperfections such as scarring, dark spots (and uneven skin tone), dark circles, and roughness, such that the results last at least the whole day
The inventors discovered that the incorporation of hydrophilic film formers in the aqueous phase reinforce the film after application making it mechanically more robust and longer lasting. Unlike other products, the films formed on the skin are particularly long lasting, and are not prone to dry-out, whitening, cracking, or peeling. Instead, they remain flexible (elastic), durable, and comfortable. Moreover, the compositions (and resulting films) hydrate, protect and conceal the underlying skin.
Skin tightening compositions according to an aspect of disclosure typically include:
A) Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) from about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) from about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils;
B) Aqueous phase comprising a) From about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with a Tg less than about 80°C; and wherein all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The composition typically provides a tightening of the skin by smoothing wrinkles, under eye bags, hide dark circles but also cover imperfections (pimples) upon application to the skin.
The skin tightening compositions may be in the form of an emulsion, for example, a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion. In some instances, a water-in-oil emulsion is preferred.
Suitable components, such as those listed below, may be included or excluded from the formulations for the skin-tightening compositions depending on the specific combination of other components, the form of the skin-tightening compositions, and/or the use of the formulation.
Film Forming polymer(s)
Hydrophobic film forming polymers
The hydrophobic film forming polymers are present in the oil phase of the skin tightening composition. The skin tightening composition includes one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers. For example, the film forming polymers may be present in the skin tightening composition in an amount of about at least 5 wt.%.
The total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers in the cosmetic compositions can vary but is typically at least 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. More specifically, the total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers may be at least 5 wt.% to about 40 wt.%, at least 5 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, at least 5 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. Furthermore, the total amount of hydrophobic film forming polymers may be about 5 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, about 5 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, about 5 wt.%, to about 20 wt.%, about 5 wt.% to about 15 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 30 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 25 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 20 wt.%, about 6 wt.% to about 15 wt.%, or about 7 wt.% to about 14 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
In some cases, the total amount of film-forming polymer is substantially acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer. For instance, the film-forming polymer may consist essentially of or consist of acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer. In other instances, the skin-tightening composition may include acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer in any of the amounts listed above for the film-forming polymer(s).
The film-forming polymers may include one or more film-forming polymers in addition to the acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer. The term "film-forming polymer" or “film former” mean a polymer that is capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliary film-forming agent, a macroscopically continuous deposit on a support, especially on keratin materials, and preferably a cohesive deposit, and better still a deposit whose cohesion and mechanical properties are such that said deposit may be isolable and manipulable in isolation, for example when said deposit is prepared by pouring onto a non-stick surface, for instance a Teflon-coated or silicone-coated surface.
In some cases, the total amount of film-forming polymer is substantially acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer. For instance, the film-forming polymer may consist essentially of or consist of acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer. In other instances, the skin-tightening composition may include acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer in any of the amounts listed above for the film-forming polymer(s).
The term “hydrophobic film-forming polymer” denotes a film-forming polymer that has no or limited affinity for water and, in this respect, does not lend itself to a formulation in the form of a solute in an aqueous medium. In particular, the term “hydrophobic polymer” means a polymer having a solubility in water at 25°C of less than 1 % by weight.
The additional film-forming polymer may comprise or be chosen from any of the film-forming polymers described in PCT/EP2020/068143, which is incorporated herein in its entirety for all purposes.
As described in PCT/EP2020/068143, the additional film-forming polymer(s) may be in an oil dispersion comprising one or more particles of at least one polymer surface- stabilized with at least one stabilizer in a preferably anhydrous medium. For example, the aqueous dispersion may contain a hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance. The dispersions may consist of particles, which are generally spherical, and contain at least one surface-stabilized polymer, in an anhydrous medium. In some cases, the oily dispersion includes from 60% to 98% by weight, notably from 75% to 96% of monomers a) to c), as discussed below, relative to the total weight of polymers contained in said dispersion. The polymer particles i) of the dispersion (A) preferably have a numbermean size ranging from 5 to 500 nm, notably ranging from 10 to 400 nm and better still ranging from 20 to 300 nm. The final particle size is preferably greater than 100 nm. In particular, the number-mean size ranges from 100 nm to 500 nm, more particularly ranges from 150 nm to 400 nm and even more particularly ranges from 160 nm to 300 nm.
The film-forming polymer, or particles thereof, may be chosen from one or more of the following: a) ethylenic homopolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate ethylenic homopolymers; b) ethylenic copolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate, and of (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylic acid, preferably (meth)acrylic acid ethylenic copolymers; and c) ethylenic copolymers of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably (Ci- Cis)alkyl (meth)acrylate ethylenic copolymers.
In at least one preferred embodiment of the invention, the film-forming polymer is an ethylenic acrylate homopolymer resulting from the polymerization of an identical monomer having a structure according to the formula (I), below.
Figure imgf000011_0001
in which formula (I):
- R represents a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl, and - R’ represents a (Ci-Cis)alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl, preferably monomer of formula (I) is a C1-C18 alkyl acrylate such as methyl acrylate.
According to another embodiment of the invention, the film-forming polymer may be ethylenic acrylate copolymer b) resulting from the polymerization:
- of at least one monomer of formula (I) as defined previously, preferably a C1-C4 alkyl acrylate such as methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate; and
- of a monomer of formula (II), provided below.
H2C=C |-C(O>-O-H (It) in which formula (II) R is as defined previously, in particular monomer of formula (II) is acrylic acid. The amount of acrylic acid ranges from 0.1 % to 15% by weight relative to the weight of monomers of the particle i) and the polymer of the particles i) is in particular a copolymer derived from the copolymerization of acrylic acid with one or more C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers chosen in particular from methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate.
According to another preferred embodiment of the invention, the polymer constituting the particles i) is an ethylenic acrylate copolymer b) derived from the polymerization:
- of at least two different monomers: of formula (I) as defined previously, preferably a C1-C18 alkyl acrylate such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate and stearyl acrylate; and
- optionally of a monomer of formula (II) as defined previously.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the polymer of the particles i) is a polymer derived from C1-C18 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers. The monomers are preferably chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n- propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate and tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylateand more preferentially chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate and stearyl (meth)acrylate.
Advantageously, a C1-C4 alkyl acrylate monomer is used. Preferentially, the monomers are chosen from methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate. A C1-C18 alkyl methacrylate monomer is also particularly used. Preferentially, the monomers are chosen from methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate and stearyl methacrylate, more particularly stearyl methacrylate.
In yet another example, the film-forming polymer includes from 2% to 40% by weight, in particular 4% to 25%, notably from 5% to 20% by weight of (C9-C22)alkyl (C1- Ce)(alkyl)acrylate monomers included in group d) or e) disclosed above, based on the total weight of film-forming polymers.
According to another instance, the particles i) include b) ethylenic copolymers of b1 ) (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-Ci8)(alkyl)acrylate and of b2) ethylenic monomers comprising one or more carboxyl, anhydride, phosphoric acid, sulfonic acid and/or aryl groups such as benzyl. The ethylenic monomers may comprise one or more carboxyl, anhydride, phosphoric acid, sulfonic acid, and/or aryl groups chosen from (1 ), (2), (3), (4) and (5), which are described below:
(1 ) R1(R2)C=C(R3)-Acid with R1, R2 and R3 representing a hydrogen atom or a CO2H, H2PO4 or SO3H group, and Acid representing a carboxyl, phosphoric acid or sulfonic acid, preferably carboxyl, it being understood that R1, R2 and R3 cannot simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom;
(2) H2C=C(R)-C(O)-N(R')-Alk-Acid with R and R', which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group; Aik represents a (Ci-Ce)alkylene group optionally substituted with at least one group chosen from Acid as defined previously and hydroxyl; and Acid is as defined previously, preferably carboxyl or sulfonic acid;
(3) Ar-(Ra)C=C(Rb)-Rc with Ra, Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, and Ar representing an aryl group, preferably benzyl, optionally substituted with at least one acid group CO2H, H2PO4, or SO3H, preferably substituted with a CO2H or SO3H group,
(4) maleic anhydride of formulae (4a) and (4b):
Figure imgf000014_0001
(4a) (4b) in which formulae (4a) and (4b) Ra, Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group; preferably, Ra, Rb, and Rc represent a hydrogen atom. Preferentially, the ethylenically unsaturated anhydride monomer of the invention is of formula (4b) and more preferentially is maleic anhydride; and
(5) H2C=C(R)-C(O)-O-H with R representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl.
Preferably, b2) is a (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylic acid, e.g., b) may be copolymers of (C-i- C4)alkyl (meth)acrylate and of (meth)acrylic acid. In one instance, b2) is chosen from crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphosphoric acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid, acrylamidoglycolic acid, and salts thereof; preferably, b2) represents acrylic acid.
The film-forming polymers, or particles thereof, may be in a dispersion with stabilizers, such as ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-C22)alkyl (Ci-Ce)(alkyl)acrylate, in particular ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-C22)alkyl (meth)acrylate and more preferentially ethylenic homopolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (meth)acrylate. The (C9-C22)alkyl or the (C9- Cis)alkyl groups may be linear or branched. In at least one case, the stabilizer(s) ii) consist of ethylenic polymers chosen from d) ethylenic homopolymers resulting from the polymerization of monomers of formula H2C=C(R)-C(O)-O-R" with R representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl, and R" representing a (C9- C22)alkyl and preferably (C9-Ci8)alkyl group. R" may represent isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl. R” may, alternatively represent a linear (C9-C22)alkyl and, preferably, a linear (C9-Ci8)alkyl group. According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from e) ethylenic copolymers of (C9- C22)alkyl (Ci-Ce)(alkyl)acrylate and of (Ci-C4)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate, particularly copolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (Ci-C4)(alkyl)acrylate and of (Ci-C4)alkyl (C1- C4)(alkyl)acrylate, preferably copolymers of (C9-Ci8)alkyl (meth)acrylate and of (C1- C4)alkyl (meth)acrylate.
The stabilizer(s) ii) may chosen from the ethylenic copolymers e) of formulae (III) and (IV):
H2C=C(R)-C(O)-O-R’ (II!)
H2C=C(R)-C(O)-O-R” IV) in which formulae (III) and (IV):
- R, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a (C1- C4)alkyl group such as methyl,
- R’, which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl, and
- R" represents a (C9-C22)alkyl, preferably (Cio-C2o)alkyl and in particular (C2n)alkyl group with n being an integer equal to 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10. Preferably, R" represents isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl.
Preferentially, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, preferably methyl (meth)acrylate. More preferentially, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl and hexadecyl (meth)acrylates and C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, preferably methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate. In particular, the stabilizer ii) may be chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate homopolymer and statistical copolymers of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate and of C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate preferably present in a lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylate/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate weight ratio of greater than 4.5. Said weight ratio may range from 5 to 15 and preferably from 5.5 to 12.
According to another instance, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from ethylenic copolymers e) derived from the polymerization of a monomer of formula (IV) as described above and two different monomers of formula (III), as described above. In one instance, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of one monomer chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of two different C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylates, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate. In particular, the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate is greater than 4. Advantageously, said weight ratio ranges from 5 to 15 and more preferentially said weight ratio ranges from 5.5 to 11 . In at least one other instance, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from ethylenic copolymers e) derived from the polymerization of a monomer of formula (III) as defined in the preceding claim and two different monomers of formula (IV) as defined previously. For example, the stabilizer(s) ii) may be chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of two different monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of one C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomer, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate; in particular, the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate is greater than 4. Said weight ratio may range from 4.5 to 10 or from 5 to 8. In one case, the stabilizer(s) ii) are chosen from copolymers derived from the polymerization of two different monomers chosen from isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl and behenyl (meth)acrylates and of one C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomer, preferably methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate; in particular, the weight ratio of isodecyl, lauryl, stearyl, hexadecyl or behenyl (meth)acrylates/Ci-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the dispersion (A) is less than 1 . Particularly, said weight ratio may range from 0.05 to 0.5 and more preferentially said weight ratio ranges from 0.08 to 0.2 in the dispersion (A). According to a particular example, the stabilizer(s) ii) may be present in a content ranging from 2% to 40% by weight, notably from 3% to 30% by weight and preferably from 4% to 25% by weight relative to the weight of polymer(s) present in the dispersion (A). Preferably, the stabilizer(s) ii) and the particle(s) i) have a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of between 1000 and 1 000 000 g/mol, notably between 5000 and 500 000 g/mol and even better still between 10 000 and 300 000 g/mol.
Additionally or alternatively, the film-forming polymer(s) may be chosen from acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, norbornene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornene copolymer, acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, acrylates/polymethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer, C30-45 alkyldimethylsilylpolypropylsilsequixane, trimethylsilsesquixane, polypropylsilsesquixane, acrylates/dimethicone copolymer, octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VA/butyl maleate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/t-butylacrylamide copolymer, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, triacontanyl PVP copolymer, acrylates/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, and a mixture thereof. In some cases, the at least one film-forming polymers includes one or more of acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, norbornene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornene copolymer, acrylates/polymethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer, and a mixture thereof.
The film-forming polymers may be a hydrophobic film-forming polymer. The term “hydrophobic film-forming polymer” denotes a film-forming polymer that has no or limited affinity for water and, in this respect, does not lend itself to a formulation in the form of a solute in an aqueous medium. In particular, the term “hydrophobic polymer” means a polymer having a solubility in water at 25°C of less than 1% by weight.
The film-forming polymers may be chosen from the following and, optionally hydrophobic: film-forming polymers that are soluble in an organic solvent medium, in particular liposoluble polymers; this means that the polymer is soluble or miscible in the organic medium and forms a single homogeneous phase when it is incorporated into the medium; and film-forming polymers that are dispersible in an organic solvent medium, which means that the polymer forms an insoluble phase in the organic medium, the polymer remaining stable and/or compatible once incorporated into this medium. In particular, such polymers may be in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, preferably dispersions in silicone oils or hydrocarbon-based oils; in one embodiment, the non-aqueous polymer dispersions comprise polymer particles stabilized on their surface with at least one stabilizer; these non-aqueous dispersions are often referred to as NADs.
Hydrophobic film-forming polymers that may be mentioned include homopolymers and copolymers of a compound bearing an ethylenic unit, acrylic polymers and copolymers, polyurethanes, polyesters, silicone polymers such as polymers bearing a non-silicone organic backbone grafted with monomers containing a polysiloxane, and polyisoprenes.
In some instances, useful hydrophobic film-forming polymers include lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, block ethylenic copolymers, vinyl polymers comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit, silicone acrylate copolymers and mixtures thereof, preferably lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles (NADs). Lipodispersible Film-Forming Polymers in the Form of Non-Aqueous Dispersions of Polymer Particles, also known as NAPs
Non-aqueous dispersions of hydrophobic film-forming polymer that may be used include dispersions of particles of a grafted ethylenic polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer, in a liquid oily phase for example, in the form of surface-stabilized particles dispersed in the liquid fatty phase. The dispersion of surface-stabilized polymer particles may be manufactured as described in document WO 04/055081 , which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Block Ethylenic Copolymer
The film-forming polymers may be a block ethylenic copolymer, containing at least a first block with a glass transition temperature (Tg) of greater than or equal to 40°C and being totally or partly derived from one or more first monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C, and at least a second block with a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C and being derived totally or partly from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C, said first block and said second block being connected together via a statistical intermediate segment comprising at least one of said first constituent monomers of the first block and at least one of said second constituent monomers of the second block, and said block copolymer having a polydispersity index I of greater than 2. Polymers of this type that are suitable for use in the invention are described in document EP 1 411 069, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A non-limiting examples includes the product MEXOMER PAS (acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer diluted to 50% in isododecane) sold by the company Noveal.
Vinyl Polymer Comprising at Least one Carbosiloxane Dendrimer-Based Unit
The hydrophobic film-forming polymer may be at least one vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit. The vinyl polymer typically has a backbone and at least one side chain, which comprises a carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit having a carbosiloxane dendrimer structure. Vinyl polymers comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer unit as described in applications WO 03/045 337 and EP 963 751 , which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The term “carbosiloxane dendrimer structure” is a molecular structure with branched groups of high molecular masses, said structure having high regularity in the radial direction starting from the bond to the backbone. Such carbosiloxane dendrimer structures are described in the form of a highly branched siloxane-silylalkylene copolymer in the laid-open Japanese patent application Kokai 9-171 154, which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
A vinyl polymer bearing at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit has a molecular side chain containing a carbosiloxane dendrimer structure, and may be derived from the polymerization of:
(A) from 0 to 99.9 parts by weight of a vinyl monomer; and
(B) from 100 to 0.1 part by weight of a carbosiloxane dendrimer containing a radical-polymerizable organic group, represented by the general formula:
Figure imgf000020_0001
in which Y represents a radical-polymerizable organic group, R1 represents an aryl group or an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and X' represents a silylalkyl group which, when i=1 , is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000021_0001
in which R1 is as defined above, R2 represents an alkylene group containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R3 represents an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Xi+1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group, or the silylalkyl group defined above with i=i+1 ; i is an integer from 1 to 10 which represents the generation of said silylalkyl group, and a' is an integer from O to 3; in which said radical-polymerizable organic group contained in the component (A) is chosen from: organic groups containing a methacrylic group or an acrylic group and that are represented by the formulae:
Figure imgf000021_0002
in which R4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R5 represents an alkylene group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; and organic groups containing a styryl group and that are represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000022_0001
in which R6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R7 represents an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R8 represents an alkylene group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, b is an integer from 0 to 4, and c is 0 or 1 , such that if c is 0, -(R8)c- represents a bond.
The monomer of vinyl type that is the component (A) in the vinyl polymer is a monomer of vinyl type that contains a radical-polymerizable vinyl group.
The following are examples of this monomer of vinyl type: methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate or a methacrylate of an analogous lower alkyl; glycidyl methacrylate; butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, n- butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, n- hexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, octyl methacrylate, lauryl methacrylate, stearyl acrylate, stearyl methacrylate or a higher-analogue methacrylate; vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate or a vinyl ester of an analogous lower fatty acid; vinyl caproate, vinyl 2-ethylhexoate, vinyl laurate, vinyl stearate or an ester of an analogous higher fatty acid; styrene, vinyltoluene, benzyl methacrylate, phenoxyethyl methacrylate, vinylpyrrolidone or similar vinylaromatic monomers; methacrylamide, N-methylolmethacrylamide, N- methoxymethyl-methacrylamide, isobutoxymethoxymethacrylamide, N,N- dimethylmethacrylamide or similar monomers of vinyl type containing amide groups; hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxypropyl alcohol methacrylate or similar monomers of vinyl type containing hydroxyl groups; acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or similar monomers of vinyl type containing a carboxylic acid group; tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, butoxyethyl methacrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol methacrylate, polyethylene glycol methacrylate, polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, cetyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether or a similar monomer of vinyl type with ether bonds; methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, polydimethylsiloxane containing a methacrylic group on one of its molecular ends, polydimethylsiloxane containing a styryl group on one of its molecular ends, or a similar silicone compound containing unsaturated groups; butadiene; vinyl chloride; vinylidene chloride; methacrylonitrile; dibutyl fumarate; anhydrous maleic acid; anhydrous succinic acid; methacryl glycidyl ether; an organic salt of an amine, an ammonium salt, and an alkali metal salt of methacrylic acid, of itaconic acid, of crotonic acid, of maleic acid or of fumaric acid; a radical-polymerizable unsaturated monomer containing a sulfonic acid group such as a styrenesulfonic acid group; a quaternary ammonium salt derived from methacrylic acid, such as 2-hydroxy-3- methacryloxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride; and a methacrylic acid ester of an alcohol containing a tertiary amine group, such as a methacrylic acid ester of diethylamine.
Multifunctional monomers of vinyl type may, optionally, be included in certain cases. The following are examples of such compounds: trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, pentaerythrityl trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1 ,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1 ,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trioxyethylmethacrylate, tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate dimethacrylate, tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate trimethacrylate, polydimethylsiloxane capped with styryl groups bearing divinylbenzene groups on the two ends, or similar silicone compounds bearing unsaturated groups.
To facilitate the preparation of starting material mixture for cosmetic products, the number-average molecular mass of the vinyl polymer bearing a carbosiloxane dendrimer may be chosen within the range between 3,000 g/mol and 2,000,000 g/mol and preferably between 5,000 g/mol and 800,000 g/mol. It may be a liquid, a gum, a paste, a solid, a powder, or any other form. The preferred forms are solutions consisting of the dilution of a dispersion or of a powder in solvents such as a silicone oil or an organic oil. According to one embodiment, a vinyl polymer grafted in the sense of the present disclosure may be conveyed in an oil or a mixture of oils, which is/are preferably volatile, chosen in particular from silicone oils and hydrocarbon-based oils, and mixtures thereof. A non-limiting silicone oil that may, optionally be used is cyclopentasiloxane. Similarly, a non-limiting hydrocarbon-based oil that is may be used is isododecane.
Vinyl polymers grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit include the polymers sold under the names TIB 4-100, TIB 4-101 , TIB 4-120, TIB 4-130, TIB 4-200, FA 4002 ID (TIB 4-202), TIB 4-220 and FA 4001 CM (TIB 4-230) by the company Dow Corning.
In some instances, the vinyl polymer grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit is an acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, for example, the product sold in isododecane under the name Dow Corning FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate.
Silicone Acrylate Copolymers
In some instances, one or more of the film-forming polymers include at least one copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydimethylsiloxane groups. The term “copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydimethylsiloxane groups” means a copolymer obtained from (a) one or more carboxylic (acid or ester) monomers, and (b) one or more polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) chains. The term “carboxylic monomer” means both carboxylic acid monomers and carboxylic acid ester monomers.
The monomer (a) may be chosen, for example, from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, esters thereof and combinations of these monomers. Esters that may be mentioned include the following monomers: acrylate, methacrylate, maleate, fumarate, itaconate and/or crotonate. According to at least one embodiment of the invention, the monomers in ester form are more particularly chosen from linear or branched, preferably Ci-C24 and better still Ci- 022 alkyl acrylates and methacrylates, the alkyl radical preferably being chosen from methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl and 2-ethylhexyl radicals, and mixtures thereof. Thus, in some instances, the copolymer comprises as carboxylate groups at least one group chosen from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl or 2- ethylhexyl acrylate or methacrylate, and mixtures thereof.
The term “polydimethylsiloxanes” (also known as organopolysiloxanes and abbreviated as PDMS) denotes any organosilicon polymer or oligomer of linear structure, of variable molecular weight, obtained by polymerization and/or polycondensation of suitably functionalized silanes, and consisting essentially of a repetition of main units in which the silicon atoms are linked together via oxygen atoms (siloxane bond = Si-O-Si=), comprising trimethyl radicals directly linked via a carbon atom to said silicon atoms. The PDMS chains that may be used to obtain the copolymer may comprise at least one polymerizable radical group, preferably located on at least one of the ends of the chain, i.e. the PDMS may contain, for example, a polymerizable radical group on the two ends of the chain or one polymerizable radical group on one end of the chain and one trimethylsilyl end group on the other end of the chain. The polymerizable radical group may especially be an acrylic or methacrylic group, in particular a group CH2=CRI-CO-O-R2, in which Ri represents a hydrogen or a methyl group and R2 represents -CH2-, -(CH2)n- with n=3, 5, 8 or 10, -CH2-CH(CH3)- CH2-, -CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2-, -CH2-CH.2-O-CH2-, or -CH2-O-CH2-CH2-CH2-.
The copolymers are generally obtained according to the usual methods of polymerization and grafting, for example by free-radical polymerization (A) of a PDMS comprising at least one polymerizable radical group (for example on one of the ends of the chain or on both ends) and (B) of at least one carboxylic monomer. The copolymers obtained may have a molecular weight ranging from about 3,000 g/mol to 200,000 g/mol and preferably from about 5,000 g/mol to 100,000 g/mol. The copolymer may be in its native form or in dispersed form in a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyl alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example, cyclopentasiloxane).
Additional copolymers that mention may be made include copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl acrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts. Mention may also be made in particular of the copolymers sold by the company Shin-Etsu under the names KP-561 (CTFA name: acrylates/dimethicone), KP-541 in which the copolymer is dispersed at 60% by weight in isopropyl alcohol (CTFA name: acrylates/dimethicone and isopropyl alcohol), and KP- 545 in which the copolymer is dispersed at 30% in cyclopentasiloxane (CTFA name: acrylates/dimethicone and cyclopentasiloxane). Mention may also be made of the grafted copolymer of polyacrylic acid and dimethylpolysiloxane dissolved in isododecane, sold by the company Shin-Etsu under the name KP-550.
Adhesive Polymer
The skin tightening composition may include one or more film-forming polymers that are adhesive polymers. In various embodiments, the at least one adhesive polymer may be amorphous, crystalline, or semicrystalline. In some instances, the adhesive polymer may have a Tg greater than about 25°C, such as greater than about 50°C, greater than about 75°C, or greater than about 100°C, according to various embodiments. In further instances, the adhesive polymer may have a Tg less than about 25°C, such as less than about 0°C, less than about -25°C, or less than about - 50°C.
As non-limiting examples of adhesive polymers having a Tg greater than about 25°C may be mentioned polymer particles of C1-C4 alkyl(methacrylate)polymer, stabilized in a non-aqueous dispersion, referred to herein for ease of reference as an “oil dispersion,” such as those described in WO2015/091513 which is incorporated by reference herein. By way of example, the C1-C4 alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers may be chosen from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate and tert-butyl (meth)acrylate. For example, the polymer may be a methyl acrylate and/or ethyl acrylate polymer. The polymer may also comprise an ethylenically unsaturated acid monomer or the anhydride thereof, chosen especially from ethylenically unsaturated acid monomers comprising at least one carboxylic, phosphoric or sulfonic acid function, such as crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphosphoric acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid or acrylamidoglycolic acid, and salts thereof. For example, the ethylenically unsaturated acid monomer may be chosen from (meth)acrylic acid, maleic acid, and maleic anhydride.
Hydrophilic Film Forming Polymers with a Ta less than about 80°C
The film-forming polymers that may be used in the cosmetic compositions disclosed herein include, for example, acrylate copolymers, styrene/acrylate copolymers, acrylaminde/acrylate copolymers, polyurethanes, hydrophilic acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol, silicone resins and block silicone copolymer particles, and other resins, and derivatives thereof and mixtures thereof. The hydrophilic film forming polymers are present in the water phase of the composition. The hydrophilic film forming polymers may have a Tg less than about 80°C.
Non limiting examples of hydrophilic film former may include Crotonic Acid/Vinyl C8-12 Isoalkyl Esters/Va/Bis-Vinyldimethicone Crosspolymer, Styrene/Acrylates/Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Polyurethane-35, Polyvinyl alcohol, Acrylates Copolymer and mixture thereof.
In accordance with various exemplary embodiments, acrylate copolymers may be chosen from copolymers comprising two or more monomers chosen from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and their simple esters, for example, lower alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl, and ethylhexyl esters.
By way of non-limiting example only, acrylate copolymers may be chosen from styrene acrylates/copolymers, ammonium acrylates copolymers, ethyl acrylates copolymers, acrylates/ethylhexylacrylate copolymers, acrylates/octylacrylates copolymers, alkyl (meth)acrylates copolymers, acrylates/C12-C22 alkylmethacrylate copolymers, ethylacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, and t-butyl acrylate/ethyl acrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer.
The film forming polymer may also be chosen from polyacrylates such as polyacrylate-21 , and polyacrylate-15, and acrylates copolymer.
The film forming polymer may also be chosen from hydrophilic vinylic polymer such as polyvinyl alcohol, derivatives of polyvinyl alcohol or a mixture thereof.
In another embodiment the at least one film forming polymer can be selected from a lipophilic polymer, such as for example, poly C10-30 alkylacrylates (available as Intelimer® IPA 13-1 from Air Products).
Latex Film Formers
The film-forming polymer may also be chosen from latex film forming polymers such as polyacrylate latex and their copolymers.
Suitable examples of latex polymers for use in the present invention are ethylhexyl acrylate/hema copolymer (and) acrylates/diethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer (Syntran® PC 5775), styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® 5760, Syntran® 5009, Syntran® PC5620), polyacrylate-21 (and) acrylates/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® PC5100, Syntran® PC5776, Eudragit E 100, Jurymer ET-410C), styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (Syntran® 5009 CG), olefin/acrylate grafted polymer (and) sodium laureth sulfate (and C12-15 SEC-pareth 15 (Syntran® EX108), acrylates copolymer (Aculyn® 33A Polymer, Avalure® Ace 210/120/315 Acrylic Copolymer, Carbopol Aqua SF-1 ©Polymer, Daitosol® 500 AD, Coatex® Co 633, Eliclear® 380/700/4U, Eudragit® L 100, Joncryl® 85, Luviflex® Soft), acrylates/ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer (Daitosol ® 5000SJ, Daitosol ® 4000SJT, MJA PS34-21 , SDP-001 ). The Syntran® polymers are commercially available from the supplier Interpolymer Corp.
In an embodiment, the latex polymer is an acrylate latex polymer, in particular styrene/acrylate copolymers. Non-limiting examples of commercially available styrene/acrylate copolymers include, but are not limited to, DAITOSOL 5000 STY sold by Kobo Products, Inc.; JONCRYL® 77 sold by BASF; NEOCRYL BT-62 sold by Neoresins, Inc.; RHOPLEXTM P-376 and LICARTM DL 432S sold by Dow Chemical Company; and YODOSOL GH41 and YODOSOL GH840 sold by AkzoNobel.
In further exemplary embodiments, acrylamide/acrylate copolymers may be chosen from acrylic acid/ethyl acrylate/t-butyl acrylamide copolymer, acrylates/octylacrylamide copolymer, and octylacrylamide/acrylates/ methacrylates copolymer. Exemplary commercial acrylamide/acrylate copolymers include, but are not limited to AMPHOMER® LV-71 and DERMACRYL® 79 sold by AkzoNobel and ULTRAHOLD® STRONG sold by BASF.
In at least one exemplary embodiment, the latex film former may be chosen from blends comprising a combination of latex film formers, including, for example, a blend of any of the above-mentioned film formers. By way of non-limiting example, a latex film forming blend useful according to the disclosure may comprise (1 ) at least one random styrene acrylate copolymer or derivatives thereof, and at least one acrylate copolymer or derivatives thereof, or (2) at least two random styrene acrylate copolymers or derivatives thereof.
According to at least certain exemplary embodiments of the disclosure, the at least one hydrophilic film former may be chosen from those having a glass transition temperature (Tg) ranging from about -15°C to about 80°C, such as from about 0°C to about 80°C. The Tg of the hydrophilic film former can, for example, range from about -15 °C to about 78°C, from about -10°C to about 80°C, from about -5°C to about 75°C, from about 0°C to about 75°C.
In a particular embodiment the styrene acrylates film former is selected from styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (such as (styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (and) sodium laureth sulfate (and) caprylyl glycol), SYNTRAN® 5760 from Interpolymer), and styrene/acrylates copolymer (such as JONCRYL 77 from BASF), and mixtures thereof.
Thickening aqent(s) The skin tightening composition includes one or more thickening agent. According to at least one aspect of the disclosure, the thickening agent(s) may include or be chosen from polyam ide-8, styrene ethylene/propylene copolymer, nylon- 611/dimethicone copolymer, VP/EICOSENE copolymer, silicone elastomer, emulsifying silicone elastomers, fumed silicas, hydrophobically modified silica, silica silylate, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate, an activated clay, disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, benzalkonium bentonite, clays and a mixture thereof.
The total amount of thickening agents in the skin tightening compositions can vary but is typically about 1 to about 40 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of thickening agents may be about 1 to about 35 wt.%, about 1 to about 30 wt.%, about 1 to about 25 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 40 wt.%, about 2 to about 35 wt.%, about 2 to about 30 wt.%, about 2 to about 25 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 15 wt.%, or about 2 to about 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
For example, the skin tightening composition may include thickening agents in an amount of about 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 to about 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 , 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, and 40 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Non-limiting examples of thickening agents is provided below.
Mineral thickening agents
Mineral thickening agents are mineral based compounds that thicken or modify the viscosity of the skin tightening compositions. Non-limiting examples of mineral thickening agents include silica silylate, fumed silica, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite (e.g., INCI: pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate), an activated clay (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, and benzalkonium bentonite), and a mixture thereof.
In some instances, the skin tightening compositions may include one or more mineral thickening agents selected from optionally modified silicas, optionally modified clays, and a mixture thereof. The mineral thickening agents may be selected from optionally modified silicas, optionally modified clays, and a mixture thereof. In some instance, the mineral thickening agents are chosen from lipophilic (organophilic) clays, in particular modified hectorites; hydrophobic-treated fumed silica; hydrophobic silica aerogels, and mixtures thereof (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, silica silylate, or a mixture thereof).
The mineral thickening agents may be selected from silica silylate, fumed silica, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite (e.g., INCI: 30 pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate), an activated clay (e.g., disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, and benzalkonium bentonite).
Optionally Modified Silicas
Optionally modified silicas include fumed silica optionally subjected to a hydrophobic surface treatment, the particle size of which may be less than 1 pm. Specifically, it is possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a reduced number of silanol groups present at the surface of the silica. Silanol groups can in particular be replaced by hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained. The hydrophobic groups may be: trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are obtained especially by treating fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane. Silicas thus treated are known as "silica silylate" according to the CTFA (6th edition, 1995). They are sold, for example, under the references Aerosil R812 by the company Degussa, and Cab-O-Sil TS-53 by the company Cabot; dimethylsilyloxyl or polydimethylsiloxane groups, which are obtained in particular by treating fumed silica in the presence of polydimethylsiloxane or dimethyldichlorosilane. Silicas thus treated are known as "silica dimethyl silylate" according to the CTFA (6th edition, 1995). They are sold, for example, under the references Aerosil R972 and Aerosil R974 by the company Degussa, and Cab-O-Sil TS-610 and Cab-O-Sil TS-720 by the company Cabot.
The hydrophobic fumed silica in particular may have a particle size that is nanometric to micrometric, for example ranging from about 5 to 200 nm.
The optionally modified silicas may, for instance, be silica aerogel particles. Silica aerogels are porous materials obtained by replacing (by drying) the liquid component of a silica gel with air. They are generally synthesized via a sol-gel process in a liquid medium and then dried, usually by extraction with a supercritical fluid, the one most commonly used being supercritical CO2. This type of drying makes it possible to avoid shrinkage of the pores and of the material. The sol-gel process and the various drying processes are described in detail in Brinker C J., and Scherer G. W., Sol-Gel Science: New York: Academic Press, 1990.
The hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit mass (SM) ranging from 500 to 1500 m2/g, preferably from 600 to 1200 m2/g and better still from 600 to 800 m2/g, and a size expressed as the volume mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 1 to 1500 pm, better still from 1 to 1000 pm, preferably from 1 to 100 pm, in particular from 1 to 30 pm, more preferably from 5 to 25 pm, better still from 5 to 20 pm, and even better still from 5 to 15 pm. In some instances, the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles have a size expressed as volume-mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 1 to 30 pm, preferably from 5 to 25 pm, better still from 5 to 20 pm and even better still from 5 to 15 pm. The hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit mass (SM) ranging from 600 to 800 m2/g and a size expressed as the volume mean diameter (D[0.5]) ranging from 5 to 20 pm and even better still from 5 to 15 pm. The hydrophobic silica aerogel particles may have a specific surface area per unit of volume Sv ranging from 5 to 60 m2/cm3, preferably from 10 to 50 m2/cm3 and better still from 15 to 40 m2/cm3.
The term “hydrophobic silica” means any silica whose surface is treated with silylating agents, for example halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes, so as to functionalize the OH groups with silyl groups Si--Rn, for example trimethylsilyl groups. In some instances, it is particularly useful to use hydrophobic silica aerogel particles surface-modified with trimethylsilyl groups. Mention may be made of the aerogels sold by the company Cabot under the references Aerogel TLD 201 , Aerogel OGD 201 , Aerogel TLD 203, Enova Aerogel MT 1100 and Enova Aerogel MT 1200. Mention may be made of the aerogels sold by the company Dow Coming under the reference DOWSIL VM-2270 Aerogel. Particularly useful aerogels include hydrophobic silica aerogels, preferably of silyl silica (INCI name: silica silylate).
Optionally Modified Clays
Clays are silicates containing a cation that may be chosen from calcium, magnesium, aluminum, sodium, potassium and lithium cations, and mixtures thereof. Examples of such material include, but are not limited to clays of the smectite family, and also of the vermiculite, stevensite and chlorite families. These clays can be of natural or synthetic origin.
Mention may particularly be made of smectites, such as saponites, hectorites, montmorillonites, bentonites or beidellite and in particular synthetic hectorites (also known as laponites), such as the products sold by Rockwood Additives Limited under the names Laponite XLS, Laponite XLG, Laponite RD, Laponite RDS and Laponite XL21 (these products are sodium magnesium silicates and in particular sodium lithium magnesium silicates); bentonites, such as the product sold under the name Bentone HC by Rheox; magnesium aluminum silicates, which are in particular hydrated, such as the products sold by Vanderbilt Company under the name Veegum Ultra, Veegum HS or Veegum DGT, or also calcium silicates and in particular that in synthetic form sold by the company under the name Micro-Cel C.
In some instances, organophilic clays are preferred, more particularly modified clays, such as montmorillonite, bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite and sepiolite, and mixtures thereof. The clay may be optionally modified bentonite or an optionally modified hectorite. Clays may be modified with a chemical compound chosen from quaternary amines, tertiary amines, amine acetates, imidazolines, amine soaps, fatty sulfates, alkylarylsulfonates and amine oxides, and mixtures thereof.
Mention may be made of hectorites modified with a quaternary amine, more specifically with a C10 to C22 fatty acid ammonium halide, such as a chloride, such as hectorite modified with distearyldimethylammonium chloride (CTFA name: Disteardimonium hectorite), for instance the product sold under the name Bentone 38V, Bentone 38V CG or Bentone EW CE by the company Elementis, or stearalkonium hectorites, such as Bentone 27 V. In some instances, the clay is preferably disteardimonium hectorite.
Mention may also be made of quaternium-18 bentonites, such as those sold under the names Bentone 34 by the company Elementis, Tixogel VP by the company United Catalyst and Claytone 40 by the company Southern Clay; stearalkonium bentonites, such as those sold under the names Tixogel LG by the company United Catalyst and Claytone AF and Claytone APA by the company Southern Clay; or quaternium-18/benzalkonium bentonites, such as that sold under the name Claytone HT by the company Southern Clay. In some instances, it is preferable that the clay is chosen from organophilic modified clays, in particular organophilic modified hectorites, in particular modified with distearyldimethylammonium chloride (CTFA name: Disteardimonium hectorite).
Non-mineral thickening agents Non-mineral thickening agents, if present, may be lipophilic or hydrophilic, i.e. , they may be appropriate for thickening an oily phase or an anhydrous composition or they may be appropriate for thickening an aqueous phase or an aqueous composition. For anhydrous compositions, lipophilic thickening agents or thickening agents that thicken anhydrous (e.g., oily) compositions are useful. Similarly, for aqueous compositions, hydrophilic thickening agents are useful.
Non-limiting examples of the non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions include C12-22 alkyl acrylate/hydroxyethylacrylate copolymer (INTELIMER), ethylene diamine/stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer such as OLEOCRAFT LP-10-PA-(MV) sold by Croda, polyamide-8 such as OLEOCRAFT LP- 20-PA-(MV) sold by Croda, poly C10-C30 alkyl acrylate such as INTELIMER IPA 13-6 or INTELIMER IPA 13-1 NG Polymer sold by Air Products & Chemicals, nylon- 611/dimethicone copolymer such as Dow Corning 2-8179 Gellant sold by Dow Corning, or dextrin palmitate such as RHEOPEARL KL2-OR sold by Chiba Flour Milling.
Additional non-limiting examples of non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions include thickening polymers such as block copolymers of styrene with isoprene, butadiene, ethylene/propylene or ethylene/butylene including those presently available under the trade name KRATON, and particularly hydrogenated styrene/isoprene linear diblock copolymers. A related category of thickening polymer comprises polymers of alpha methylstyrene and styrene, such as those under the trade name KRISTALEX. Yet another thickening polymer comprises alkyl substituted galactomannan available under the trade name N-HANCE AG. Non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions may also include thickening polymers such as vinyl pyrrolidone with polyethylene containing at least 25 methylene units, such as triacontanyl polyvinylpyrrolidone, under the trade name Antaron WP-660.
Non-mineral thickening agents useful for thickening anhydrous compositions may also include silicone elastomers. Silicone Elastomers can be non-emulsifying silicone elastomers, emulsifying silicone elastomers, or a mixture thereof. Non-emulsifying silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, those organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, such as polyoxyalkylene or polyglycerolated chains. On the other hand, emulsifying silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers and a polyglycerolated silicone elastomers.
/. Non-Emulsifying Silicone Elastomers
The term "non-emulsifying" silicone elastomers defines organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, such as polyoxyalkylene or polyglycerolated chains.
Non-emulsifying silicone elastomers include elastomeric crosslinked organopolysiloxanes that can be obtained by a crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of diorganopolysiloxane containing ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence of a platinum catalyst; or by a dehydrogenation crosslinking condensation reaction between a diorganopolysiloxane containing hydroxyl end groups and a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence of an organotin; or by a crosslinking condensation reaction of a diorganopolysiloxane containing hydroxyl end groups and of a hydrolysable organopolysilane; or by thermal crosslinking of organopolysiloxane, in particular in the presence of an organoperoxide catalyst; or by crosslinking of organopolysiloxane via high-energy radiation such as gamma rays, ultraviolet rays or an electron beam.
A non-limiting example of a non-emulsifying silicone elastomer is dimethicone crosspolymer. In some instances, the non-emulsifying silicone elastomer is a crosslinked silicone, for example, dimethicone crosspolymer, (dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (dimethicone/phenyl vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (vinyl dimethicone/lauryl dimethicone) crosspolymer, (lauryl polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone/bis-vinyl dimethicone) crosspolymer, alkyl (C30-45) cetearyl dimethicone crosspolymer, cetearyl dimethicone crosspolymer, and a mixture thereof. In some instances, dimethicone crosspolymer is particularly preferred.
In some instances, the elastomeric crosslinked organopolysiloxane is obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A2) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B2) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, in particular in the presence (C2) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for example, in patent application EP295886, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
In some instances, the organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of dimethylpolysiloxane containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
Compound (A2) is the base reactant for the formation of elastomeric organopolysiloxane, and the crosslinking is performed by an addition reaction of compound (A2) with compound (B2) in the presence of the catalyst (C2). Compound (A2) may be a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two lower (for example C2-C4) alkenyl groups; the lower alkenyl group may be chosen from vinyl, allyl and propenyl groups. These lower alkenyl groups may be located in any position on the organopolysiloxane molecule, but are preferably located at the ends of the organopolysiloxane molecule. The organopolysiloxane (A2) may have a branched- chain, linear-chain, cyclic or networked structure, but the linear-chain structure is preferred. Compound (A2) may have a viscosity ranging from the liquid state to the gum state. Preferably, compound (A2) has a viscosity of at least 100 centistokes at 25°C.
The organopolysiloxanes (A2) may be chosen from methylvinylsiloxanes, methylvinylsiloxane-dimethyl-siloxane copolymers, dimethylpolysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethyl-siloxane-methylphenylsiloxane containing dimethylvinyl-siloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane- diphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethyl-siloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methyl-phenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, methyl(3,3,3-trifluoro-propyl)polysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, and copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methyl- (3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)siloxane containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups. Compound (B2) is in particular an organopolysiloxane containing at least 2 hydrogens bonded to silicon in each molecule and is thus the crosslinking agent for compound (A2).
In some instances, the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of compound (A2) and the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon per molecule of compound (B2) is at least 4.
Compound (B2) may be in any molecular structure, in particular of linear-chain or branched-chain structure, or cyclic structure. Compound (B2) may have a viscosity at 25°C. ranging from 1 to 50 000 centistokes, in particular so as to have good miscibility with compound (A). It is advantageous for compound (B2) to be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon in compound (B2) and the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated groups in compound (A2) is within the range of from 1/1 to 20/1.
Compound (B2) may be chosen from methylhydrogeno-polysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, and dimethyl-siloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane cyclic copolymers.
Compound (C2) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, or platinum on a support.
The catalyst (C2) is preferably added at from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A2) and (B2).
Other organic groups may be bonded to silicon in the organopolysiloxanes (A2) and (B2) described above, for instance alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3- trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group.
The non-emulsifying silicone elastomer according to the invention can be mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel. In these gels, the non-emulsifying elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles.
Non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names DOWSIL EL-8048 from DOW (INCI: Isododecane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer), KSG-6, KSG-15, KSG-16, KSG-18, KSG-41, KSG-42, KSG-43, KSG- 44, USG-105 and USG-106 by the company Shin-Etsu, DC9040, DC9041 , DC9509, DC9505, DC9506, DC5930, DC9350, DC9045 and DC9043 by the company Dow Corning, Gransil by the company Grant Industries, and SFE 839 by the company General Electric.
The total amount of non-emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions, if present, may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. In some cases, the total amount of nonemulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
//. Emulsifying Silicone Elastomers
The term "emulsifying silicone elastomer" is intended to mean a silicone elastomer comprising at least one hydrophilic chain. For example, emulsifying silicone elastomers may be chosen from polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers, polyglycerolated silicone elastomers, and a mixture thereof. a. Polyoxyalkylenated Silicone Elastomers: A polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomer may be a crosslinked organopolysiloxane that can be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of a polyoxyalkylene having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups. In particular, the polyoxyalkylenated crosslinked organopolysiloxane may be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A1) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B1 ) of polyoxyalkylene containing at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, in particular in the presence (C1 ) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,236,986 and U.S. Patent No. 5,412,004, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of polyoxyalkylene (in particular polyoxyethylene and/or polyoxypropylene) containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogeno-polysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
The organic groups bonded to silicon atoms of the compound (A1 ) may be alkyl groups containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl (or lauryl), myristyl, cetyl or stearyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2- phenyl-ethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group.
Compound (A1 ) may be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, cyclic dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers, and copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane- laurylmethylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups.
Compound (C1 ) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black and platinum on a support.
In some cases, the polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers may be formed from divinyl compounds, in particular polyoxyalkylenes having at least two vinyl groups, reacting with Si--H bonds of a polysiloxane. The polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers are often mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel. I n these gels, the polyoxyalkylenated elastomer can be in the form of non-spherical particles. Polyoxyalkylenated elastomers are in particular described in U.S. Patent No. 5,236,986, U.S. Patent No. 5,412,004, U.S. Patent No. 5,837,793 and U.S. Patent No. 5,811 ,487, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Further, useful polyoxyalkylenated silicone elastomers include, but are not limited to, those sold under the names KSG-21 , KSG-20, KSG-30, KSG-31 , KSG-32, KSG-33, KSG-210, KSG-310, KSG-320, KSG-330, KSG-340 and X-226146 by the company Shin-Etsu, and DC9010 and DC9011 by the company Dow Corning. b. Polyglycerolated Silicone Elastomers: Polyglycerolated silicone elastomers are typically crosslinked elastomeric organopolysiloxanes that can be obtained by a crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of polyglycerolated compounds having ethylenically unsaturated groups, often carried out in the presence of a platinum catalyst. For instance, in some cases, the crosslinked elastomeric organopolysiloxane is obtained by crosslinking addition reaction (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B) of glycerolated compounds having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, in particular in the presence (C) of a platinum catalyst. In some instances, the organopolysiloxane can be obtained by reaction of a polyglycerolated compound containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
Compound (A) is the base reactant for the formation of elastomeric organopolysiloxane and the crosslinking is performed by an addition reaction of compound (A) with compound (B) in the presence of the catalyst (C). Compound (A) may be, for example, an organopolysiloxane containing at least 2 hydrogen atoms bonded to different silicon atoms in each molecule. Compound (A) may have any molecular structure, in particular a linear chain or branched chain structure or a cyclic structure. Furthermore, compound (A) may have a viscosity at 25° C. ranging from 1 to 50,000 centistokes, in particular so as to have good miscibility with compound (B).
The organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms of compound (A) may be alkyl groups containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl (or lauryl), myristyl, cetyl or stearyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2- phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon-based groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group or a mercapto group. In some instances, it is preferable that said organic group is chosen from methyl, phenyl and lauryl groups.
Compound (A) can thus be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, copolymers of dimethylsiloxane-methyl- hydrogenosiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylhydrogenosiloxane cyclic copolymers, and copolymers of dimethylsiloxane- methyl-hydrogenosiloxane-laurylmethylsiloxane containing trimethylsiloxy end groups.
Compound (B) may be a polyglycerolated compound corresponding to formula (B1) below:
CmH.2m-1-O-[Gly]n-CmH2m-1 (B') in which m is an integer ranging from 2 to 6, n is an integer ranging from 2 to 200, preferably ranging from 2 to 100, preferably ranging from 2 to 50, preferably n ranging from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 10, and preferentially ranging from 2 to 5, and in particular equal to 3; Gly denotes:
-CH2-CH(OH)-CH2-O- or -CH2-CH(CH2OH)-O-
Often, the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of compound (B) and of the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms per molecule of compound (A) is at least 4.
It can be advantageous for compound (A) to be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in compound (A) and the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated groups in compound (B) is within the range of from 1/1 to 20/1 .
Compound (C) is the crosslinking reaction catalyst, and is in particular chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, or platinum on a support. The catalyst (C) is preferably added at from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A) and (B).
The polyglycerolated silicone elastomers are often mixed with at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil so as to form a gel. I n these gels, the polyglycerolated elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles. Such elastomers are in particular described in patent application WO 2004/024798, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As polyglycerolated silicone elastomers, mention may be made of those sold under the names KSG-710, KSG-810, KSG-820, KSG-830 and KSG-840 by the company Shin-Etsu.
The total amount of emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions, if present, may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition. In some cases, the total amount of emulsifying silicone elastomers in the cosmetic compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
Non-limiting examples of non-mineral thickening agents may, optionally, be included for thickening aqueous compositions include xanthan gum, guar gum, biosaccharide gum, cellulose, acacia Seneca gum, sclerotium gum, agarose, pechtin, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid. Additionally, the one or more non-mineral thickening agents may be polymeric thickening agents such as, for example, ammonium polyacryloyldimethyl taurate, ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/VP copolymer, sodium polyacrylate, acrylates copolymers, polyacrylamide, carbomer, and acrylates/C 10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer. Additional, non-limiting examples of various types of non-mineral thickening agents include:
Carboxylic Acid Polymers
These polymers are crosslinked compounds containing one or more monomers derived from acrylic acid, substituted acrylic acids, and salts and esters of these acrylic acids and the substituted acrylic acids, wherein the crosslinking agent contains two or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is derived from a polyhydric alcohol.
Examples of commercially available carboxylic acid polymers useful herein include the carbomers, which are homopolymers of acrylic acid crosslinked with allyl ethers of sucrose or pentaerytritol. The carbomers are available as the CarbopoI.RTM. 900 series from B.F. Goodrich (e.g., Carbopol® 954). In addition, other carboxylic acid polymeric agents include llltrez® 10 (B.F. Goodrich) and copolymers of C10-30 alkyl acrylates with one or more monomers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or one of their short chain (i.e. , C1-4 alcohol) esters, wherein the crosslinking agent is an allyl ether of sucrose or pentaerytritol. These copolymers are known as acrylates/C10-C30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers and are commercially available as CarbopoI.RTM. 1342, Carbopol® 1382, Pemulen TR-1 , and Pemulen TR-2, from B.F. Goodrich. In other words, examples of carboxylic acid polymer thickening agents useful herein are those selected from carbomers, acrylates/C10-C30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers, and mixtures thereof.
Crosslinked Polyacrylate Polymers
The compositions of the present disclosure can optionally contain crosslinked polyacrylate polymers useful as thickening agents or gelling agents including both cationic and nonionic polymers. Examples of useful crosslinked nonionic polyacrylate polymers and crosslinked cationic polyacrylate polymers are those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,660, U.S. Pat. No. 4,849,484, U.S. Pat. No. 4,835,206, U.S. Pat. No. 4,628,078 U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,379 and EP 228,868, which are all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Polyacrylamide Polymers
The compositions of the present disclosure can optionally contain polyacrylamide polymers, especially nonionic polyacrylamide polymers including substituted branched or unbranched polymers. Among these polyacrylamide polymers is the nonionic polymer given the CTFA designation polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and laureth-7, available under the Tradename Sepigel 305 from Seppic Corporation.
Other polyacrylamide polymers useful herein include multi-block copolymers of acrylamides and substituted acrylamides with acrylic acids and substituted acrylic acids. Commercially available examples of these multi-block copolymers include Hypan SR150H, SS500V, SS500W, SSSA100H, from Lipo Chemicals, Inc.
The compositions may also contain thickening and texturising gels of the type as exemplified by the product range called Lubrajel® from United Guardian. These gels have moisturizing, viscosifying, stabilizing properties.
Polysaccharides
A wide variety of polysaccharides can be useful herein. "Polysaccharides" refer to gelling agents that contain a backbone of repeating sugar (i.e. , carbohydrate) units. Nonlimiting examples of polysaccharide gelling agents include those selected from the group consisting of cellulose, carboxymethyl hydroxyethylcellulose, cellulose acetate propionate carboxylate, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxyethyl ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methyl hydroxyethylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium cellulose sulfate, and mixtures thereof. Also useful herein are the alkyl-substituted celluloses. Preferred among the alkyl hydroxyalkyl cellulose ethers is the material given the CTFA designation cetyl hydroxyethylcellulose, which is the ether of cetyl alcohol and hydroxyethylcellulose. This material is sold under the tradename Natrosol® CS Plus from Aquaion Corporation.
Other useful polysaccharides include scleroglucans comprising a linear chain of (1-3) linked glucose units with a (1-6) linked glucose every three units, a commercially available example of which is Clearogel™, provided by CS11 from Michel Mercier Products Inc.
Gums
Other thickening and gelling agents useful herein include materials which are primarily derived from natural sources. Non-limiting examples of these thickening and/or gelling agent include gums such as those chosen from acacia, agar, algin, alginic acid, ammonium alginate, amylopectin, calcium alginate, calcium carrageenan, carnitine, carrageenan, dextrin, gelatin, gellan gum, guar gum, guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, hectorite, hyaluronic acid, hydrated silica, hydroxypropyl chitosan, hydroxypropyl guar, karaya gum, kelp, locust bean gum, natto gum, potassium alginate, potassium carrageenan, propylene glycol alginate, sclerotium gum, sodium carboxymethyl dextran, sodium carrageenan, tragacanth gum, xanthan gum, and mixtures thereof.
Non-limiting examples of water-soluble natural polymers include gum arabic, tragacanth gum, karaya gum, guar gum, gellan gum, tara gum, locust bean gum, tamarind gum, sodium alginate, alginic acid propyleneglycol ester, carrageenan, farcelluran, agar, high-methoxy pectin, low-methoxy pectin, xanthine, chitosan, starch (for example starch derived from corn, potato, wheat, rice, sweet potato and tapioca, a- starch, soluble starch), fermentation polysaccharide (for example, xanthan gum, pullulan, carciran, dextran), acidic hetero-polysaccharide derived from callus of plants belonging to Polyantes sp. (for example, tuberous polysaccharide), proteins (for example, sodium casein, gelatin, albumin), chondroitin sulfate, and hyaluronic acid.
Non-limiting examples of water-soluble synthetic polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, sodium polyacrylate, sodium polymethacrylate, polyacrylic acid glycerin ester, carboxyvinyl polymer, polyacrylamide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl methylether, polyvinyl sulfone, maleic acid copolymer, polyethylene oxide, polydiallyl amine, polyethylene imine, water soluble cellulose derivatives (for example, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate sodium salt), and starch derivatives (for example, starch oxide, dialdehyde starch, dextrin, British gum, acetyl starch, starch phosphate, carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyethyl starch, hydroxypropyl starch).
Volatile hydrocarbon oil(s)
The term “volatile hydrocarbon” is a hydrocarbon that is volatile at ambient temperature (25°C) and normal pressure (1 atm) and may include, for example, isododecane, isohexadecane. The volatile hydrocarbons may be in the form of an oil. The term “oil” is understood to mean a compound which is liquid at ambient temperature (25°C.) and normal pressure (1 atm), and which, when it is introduced in a proportion of at least 1 % by weight into water at 25°C is not soluble in water or soluble to a level of less than 10% by weight, with respect to the weight of oil introduced into the water. The term “hydrocarbon oil” is oil comprising hydrogen and carbon atoms, and containing no silicon atoms.
Suitable volatile hydrocarbons include, but are not limited to, those having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms and their mixtures and in particular branched Cs to Cw alkanes such as Cs to Cw isoalkanes (also known as isoparaffins), isododecane, isodecane, isohexadecane, and for example, the oils sold under the trade names of ISOPAR or PERMETHYL, the Csto Cw branched esters such as isohexyl or isodecyl neopentanoate and their mixtures. Preferably, the volatile hydrocarbon oils have a flash point of below 60°C.
In some instances, the skin tightening composition includes at least one volatile hydrocarbon chosen from isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, isohexyl, isodecyl, neopentanoate, or a mixture thereof. In at least one instance, isododecane and/or isoparaffins (e.g., Cs-9 isoparaffin) are preferred. The skin tightening composition may be formulated to include volatile hydrocarbons that contain no silicon atoms.
The total amount of the volatile hydrocarbon may vary but is typically about 30 to about 85 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of volatile hydrocarbons is about 30 to about 80 wt.%, about 30 to about 75 wt.%; about 35 to about 85 wt.%, about 35 to about 80 wt.%, about 35 to about 75 wt.%; about 40 to about 85 wt.%, about 40 to about 80 wt.%, about 40 to about 75 wt.%; about 45 to about 85 wt.%, about 45 to about 80 wt.%, about 45 to about 75 wt.%; about 50 to about 85 wt.%, about 50 to about 80 wt.%, about 50 to about 75 wt.%; about 55 to about 85 wt.%, about 55 to about 80 wt.%, about 55 to about 75 wt.%; about 60 to about 85 wt.%, about 60 to about 80 wt.%, about 60 to about 75 wt.%; about 65 to about 85 wt.%, about 65 to about 80 wt.%, or about 65 to about 75 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Fatty Compounds
In addition to the volatile hydrocarbon oils mentioned above, the skin tightening compositions may optionally include one or more fatty compounds, in particular, nonvolatile fatty compound. The total amount of fatty compounds in the skin tightening compositions, if present, may vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of emulsifying fatty compounds in the skin tightening compositions is about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%; about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 15 wt.%, about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 5 wt.%; about 4 to about 20 wt.%, about 4 to about 15 wt.%, about 4 to about 10 wt.%, about 4 to about 5 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Non-limiting examples of non-volatile oils include: i. hydrocarbon oils of animal origin such as perhydrosqualene; ii. plant hydrocarbon oils, such as liquid triglycerides of fatty acids, for example sunflower oil, com oil, soybean oil, marrow oil, grapeseed oil, sesame oil, hazelnut oil, apricot oil, macadamia oil, castor oil, avocado oil, caprylic/capric acid triglycerides; iii. oils of formula R9COOR10 in which R9 represents a higher fatty acid residue containing from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and R10 represents a branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as, for example, Purcellin oil; iv. linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral or synthetic origin, such as non-volatile liquid paraffins and derivatives thereof, petroleum jelly (petrolatum), polydecenes, and hydrogenated polyisobutene such as parleam; v. synthetic esters and ethers such as isopropyl myristate, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates of alcohols or of polyalcohols; vi. fatty alcohols such as octyidodecanol or oleyl alcohol; vii. partially hydrocarbonated and/or siliconated fluoro oils; viii. silicone oils such as linear, non-volatile polydimethylsiloxanes (dimethicone) which are liquid or pasty at room temperature, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethicones and polymethylphenylsiloxanes; and mixtures thereof.
In some instances, the one or more fatty substances may be selected form polyolefins (petrolatum), waxes, squalane, squalene, hydrogenated polyisobutene, hydrogenated polydecene, polybutene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, dimethicone, and a mixture thereof.
Additional fatty compounds that are worth mentioning include fatty alcohols, fatty esters, fatty alcohols derivatives, fatty acid derivatives, such as those discussed below.
Fatty alcohols
The one or more fatty compounds may be glycerolated and/or oxyalkylenated, include from 8 to 30 carbon atoms, and/or be saturated or unsaturated. The fatty alcohols useful herein include those having from about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms, from about 12 to about 22 carbon atoms, and from about 14 to about 22 carbon atoms. These fatty alcohols can be straight or branched chain alcohols and can be saturated or unsaturated. Non-limiting examples of fatty alcohols include decyl alcohol, undecyl alcohol, dodecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, isocetyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, linalool, oleyl alcohol, cis4-t- butylcyclohexanol, myricyl alcohol and a mixture thereof. In some cases, the fatty alcohols comprise at least one of or may be chosen from myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, and a mixture thereof.
The saturated liquid fatty alcohols may be branched and optionally contain in their structure at least one aromatic or non-aromatic ring. In some instances, however, the fatty alcohols are acyclic. Non-limiting examples of liquid saturated fatty alcohols include octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, and 2-hexyldecanol.
The unsaturated liquid fatty alcohol may include in their structure at least one double or triple bond. For example, the fatty alcohols may include several double bonds (such as 2 or 3 double bond), which may be conjugated or non-conjugated. The unsaturated fatty alcohols can be linear or branched and may be acyclic or include in their structure at least one aromatic or non-aromatic ring. Liquid unsaturated fatty alcohols may include or be chosen from oleyl alcohol, linoleyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol and undecylenyl alcohol.
Non-limiting examples of solid fatty alcohols include linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated alcohols containing from 8 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol and their mixture, cetylstearyl alcohol.
Fatty esters
The fatty compounds of the skin tightening composition may be liquid or solid fatty esters at 25°C, 1 atm. The fatty esters may include esters from a C6-C32 fatty acid and/or a C6-C32 fatty alcohol. For example, the fatty compounds may include or be chosen from fatty acid monoesters and diesters, polyol esters, polyglycerol esters, polyglycerol polyricinoleate, polyglycerol poly-12-hydroxystearate, polyglycerol dimerate isostearate, ethylhexanoate, polyglycerol esters, and a mixture thereof. These esters may be esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C1-C26 aliphatic mono or polyacids and of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C1-C25 aliphatic mono or polyalcohols, the total number of carbon atoms in the esters being greater than or equal to 10. In one instance, the fatty compounds comprise one or more fatty acid monoesters. For the esters of monoalcohols, at least one of the alcohol or the acid from which the esters result is branched. Among the monoesters of monoacids and of monoalcohols, mention may be made of ethyl palmitate, isopropyl palmitate, alkyl myristates such as isopropyl myristate or ethyl myristate, isocetyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl isononanoate, isononyl isononanoate, isodecyl neopentanoate and isostearyl neopentanoate.
In some instances, the fatty esters are cetyl esters, such as esters of saturated fatty acids and fatty alcohols. For example, the fatty esters may include or be chosen from cetyl palmitate, cetyl stearate, myristyl myristate, myristyl stearate, cetyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cetearyl ethylhexanoate, and mixtures thereof. In one instance, the fatty esters may be one or more of or chosen from isopropyl isostearate, n-propyl myristate, isopropyl myristate, hexyl laurate, hexadecyl isostearate, hexydecyl laurate, hexyldecyl octanoate, n-propyl palmitate, isopropyl palmitate, and mixtures thereof. In another instance, the fatty esters include or may be chosen from diisobutyl adipate, 2-hexyldecyl adipate, di-2-heptylundecyl adipate, monoisostearic acid N-alkyl glycol, isocetyl isostearate, trimethylolpropane triisostearate, ethylene glycol di-2- ethylhexanoate, cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate, trimethylolpropane tri-2-ethylhexanoate, pentaerythritol tetra-2-ethylhexanoate, cetyl octanoate, octyldodecyl gum ester, oleyl oleate, octyldodecyl oleate, decyl oleate, neopentyl glycol dicaprate, triethyl citrate, 2- ethylhexyl succinate, isocetyl stearate, butyl stearate, diisopropyl sebacate, di-2- ethylhexyl sebacate, cetyl lactate, myristyl lactate, isopropyl palm itate, 2-ethylhexyl palm itate, 2-hexyldecyl palm itate, 2-heptylundecyl palm itate, cholesteryl 12- hydroxystearate, dipentaerythritol fatty acid ester, isopropyl myristate, octyldodecyl myristate, 2-hexyldecyl myristate, myristyl myristate, hexyldecyl dimethyloctanoate, ethyl laurate, hexyl laurate, diisostearyl malate, dicaprylyl carbonate, cetearyl ethylhexanoate, and mixtures thereof. In yet a further instance, the skin-tightening composition includes one or more of or may have fatty compounds chosen from cetearyl alcohol, cetearyl ethylhexanoate, isopropyl myristate, and mixtures thereof.
Non-limiting examples of solid fatty acid esters and/or fatty acid esters that may be mentioned include solid esters obtained from C9-C26 fatty acids and from C9-C25 fatty alcohols. Among these esters, mention may be made of octyldodecyl behenate, isocetyl behenate, cetyl lactate, stearyl octanoate, octyl octanoate, cetyl octanoate, decyl oleate, myristyl stearate, octyl palmitate, octyl pelargonate, octyl stearate, alkyl myristates such as cetyl myristate, myristyl myristate or stearyl myristate, and hexyl stearate.
Non-limiting examples of liquid fatty acid include triglyceride oils of plant or synthetic origin, such as liquid fatty acid triglycerides containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for instance heptanoic or octanoic acid triglycerides, or alternatively, e.g., sunflower oil, corn oil, soybean oil, marrow oil, grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, hazelnut oil, apricot oil, macadamia oil, arara oil, castor oil, avocado oil, olive oil, rapeseed oil, coconut oil, wheatgerm oil, sweet almond oil, apricot oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, coconut oil, camellina oil, tamanu oil, babassu oil and pracaxi oil, jojoba oil, shea butter oil, and mixtures thereof. In one instance, the one or more fatty compounds include at least one of or are selected from fatty acid triglycerides, oils, mineral oil, alkanes, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty alcohol derivatives, alkoxylated fatty acids, polyethylene glycol esters of fatty acids, propylene glycol esters of fatty acids, butylene glycol esters of fatty acids, esters of neopentyl glycol and fatty acids, polyglycerol/glycerol esters of fatty acids, glycol diesters, diesters of ethylene glycol and fatty acids, esters of fatty acids and fatty alcohols, esters of short chain alcohols and fatty acids, esters of fatty alcohols, hydroxysubstituted fatty acids, waxes, and a mixture thereof. In another instance, fatty compounds of the skin-tightening composition includes one or more fatty acid triglycerides, such as caprylic/capric triglyceride.
Fatty alcohol derivatives
The skin-tightening compositions may, in some instances, include fatty alcohol derivatives such as alkyl ethers of fatty alcohols, alkoxylated fatty alcohols, alkyl ethers of alkoxylated fatty alcohols, esters of fatty alcohols and a mixture thereof. Non-limiting examples of fatty alcohol derivatives include materials such as methyl stearyl ether; 2- ethylhexyl dodecyl ether; stearyl acetate; cetyl propionate; the ceteth series of compounds such as ceteth-1 through ceteth-45, which are ethylene glycol ethers of cetyl alcochol, wherein the numeric designation indicates the number of ethylene glycol moieties present; the steareth series of compounds such as steareth-1 through 10, which are ethylene glycol ethers of steareth alcohol, wherein the numeric designation indicates the number of ethylene glycol moieties present; ceteareth 1 through ceteareth- 10, which are the ethylene glycol ethers of ceteareth alcohol, i.e. a mixture of fatty alcohols containing predominantly cetyl and stearyl alcohol, wherein the numeric designation indicates the number of ethylene glycol moieties present; C1-C30 alkyl ethers of the ceteth, steareth, and ceteareth compounds just described; polyoxyethylene ethers of branched alcohols such as octyldodecyl alcohol, dodecylpentadecyl alcohol, hexyldecyl alcohol, and isostearyl alcohol; polyoxyethylene ethers of behenyl alcohol; PPG ethers such as PPG-9-steareth-3, PPG-11 stearyl ether, PPG8-ceteth-1 , and PPG-10 cetyl ether; and a mixture thereof. Liquid fatty ethers may be chosen from liquid dialkyl ethers such as dicaprylyl ether. The non-liquid fatty ethers may also be chosen from dialkyl ethers and in particular dicetyl ether and distearyl ether, alone or as a combination.
Esters of C4-C22 dicarboxylic or tricarboxylic acids and of C1-C22 alcohols and esters of monocarboxylic, dicarboxylic or tricarboxylic acids and of C4-C26 dihydroxy, trihydroxy, tetrahydroxy or pentahydroxy non-sugar alcohols may also be used. Mention may be made in particular of diethyl sebacate; diisopropyl sebacate; diisopropyl adipate; di-n-propyl adipate; triisopropyl citrate; glyceryl trilactate; glyceryl trioctanoate; neopentyl glycol diheptanoate; and diethylene glycol diisononanoate.
Fatty acid derivatives
The skin-tightening compositions may, in some instances, include fatty acid derivatives. The fatty acid derivatives are defined herein to include fatty acid esters of the fatty alcohols as defined above, fatty acid esters of the fatty alcohol derivatives as discussed above when such fatty alcohol derivatives have an esterifiable hydroxyl group, fatty acid esters of alcohols other than the fatty alcohols and the fatty alcohol derivatives described above, hydroxy-substituted fatty acids, and a mixture thereof. Non-limiting examples of fatty acid derivatives include ricinoleic acid, glycerol monostearate, 12-hydroxy stearic acid, ethyl stearate, cetyl stearate, cetyl palmitate, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether stearate, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether stearate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether stearate, ethyleneglycol monostearate, polyoxyethylene monostearate, polyoxyethylene distearate, propyleneglycol monostearate, propyleneglycol distearate, trimethylolpropane distearate, sorbitan stearate, polyglyceryl stearate, dimethyl sebacate, PEG-15 cocoate, PPG-15 stearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glyceryl tristearate, PEG-8 laurate, PPG-2 isostearate, PPG-9 laurate, and a mixture thereof.
Non-ionic surfactant(s)
The skin tightening composition may, optionally, include one or more nonionic surfactants. Although the skin tightening composition is typically an emulsion when containing one or more nonionic surfactants, the skin tightening composition may alternatively be anhydrous when containing such nonionic surfactants.
The nonionic surfactant(s) may include one or more of peg-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, polyglyceryl-4 diisostearate/polyhydroxystearate/sebacate, polyglyceryl-4 isostearate, polyglyceryl-2 dipolyhydroxystearate, dimethicone (and) peg/ppg-18/18 dimethicone, lauryl peg-9 polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone, and a mixture thereof. The nonionic surfactant can be, for example, selected from alcohols, alpha-diols, alkylphenols and esters of fatty acids, these compounds being ethoxylated, propoxylated or glycerolated and having at least one fatty chain comprising, for example, from 8 to 18 carbon atoms. The number of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide groups of the foregoing compounds may range from 2 to 50, and the number of glycerol groups may range from 1 to 30. Mention may be made of copolymers of ethylene oxide and/or of propylene oxide; condensates of ethylene oxide and/or of propylene oxide with fatty alcohols; polyethoxylated fatty amides comprising, for example, from 2 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide; polyglycerolated fatty amides comprising, for example, from 1.5 to 5 glycerol groups, such as from 1 .5 to 4; ethoxylated fatty acid esters of sorbitan comprising from 2 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide; ethoxylated oils from plant origin; fatty acid esters of sucrose; fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol; polyethoxylated fatty acid mono or diesters of glycerol (C6-C24)alkylpolyglycosides; N-(C6-C24)alkylglucamine derivatives, amine oxides such as (C10-C14)alkylamine oxides or N-(C10- C14)acylaminopropylmorpholine oxides; and mixtures thereof. Maltose derivatives may also be mentioned.
The nonionic surfactants may be chosen from polyoxyalkylenated or polyglycerolated nonionic surfactants. The oxyalkylene units are more preferably oxyethylene or oxypropylene units, or a mixture thereof, and are preferably oxyethylene units.
In some cases, the nonionic surfactant may be selected from esters of polyols with fatty acids with a saturated or unsaturated chain containing for example from 8 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 22 carbon atoms, and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100, such as glyceryl esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; polyethylene glycol esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; sorbitol esters of a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; sugar (sucrose, glucose, alkylglycose) esters of a Cs- C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty acid or acids and alkoxylated derivatives thereof, preferably with a number of alkyleneoxide of from 10 to 200, and more preferably from 10 to 100; ethers of fatty alcohols; ethers of sugar and a C8-C24, preferably C12-C22, fatty alcohol or alcohols; and mixtures thereof.
Examples of ethoxylated fatty esters that may be mentioned include the adducts of ethylene oxide with esters of lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid or behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, especially those containing from 9 to 100 oxyethylene groups — such as PEG-9 to PEG-50 laurate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 laurate to PEG-50 laurate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 palmitate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 palmitate to PEG-50 palmitate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 stearate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 stearate to PEG-50 stearate); PEG-9 to PEG-50 palmitostearate; PEG-9 to PEG-50 behenate (as the CTFA names: PEG-9 behenate to PEG-50 behenate); polyethylene glycol 100 EO monostearate (CTFA name: PEG-100 stearate); and mixtures thereof. As glyceryl esters of fatty acids, glyceryl stearate (glyceryl mono-, di- and/or tristearate) (CTFA name: glyceryl stearate) or glyceryl ricinoleate and mixtures thereof can in particular be cited. As glyceryl esters of C8-C24 alkoxylated fatty acids, polyethoxylated glyceryl stearate (glyceryl mono-, di- and/or tristearate) such as PEG-20 glyceryl stearate can for example be cited. Mixtures of these surfactants, such as for example the product containing glyceryl stearate and PEG-100 stearate, marketed under the name ARLACEL 165 by Uniqema, and the product containing glyceryl stearate (glyceryl mono- and distearate) and potassium stearate marketed under the name TEG1 N by Goldschmidt (CTFA name: glyceryl stearate SE), can also be used.
Typically, the amount of nonionic surfactants included in the skin tightening compositions, when present, ranges from about 0.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 8 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 6 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 5 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 4 wt.%; about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 4 wt.%; about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 8 wt.%, about 2 to about 6 wt.%, about 2 to about 5 wt.%, about 2 to about 4 wt.%; about 3 to about 10 wt.%, about 3 to about 8 wt.%, about 3 to about 6 wt.%, about 3 to about 5 wt.%, about 3 to about 4 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Dispersant(s)
The skin tightening composition may, optionally, include one or more dispersant.
The dispersant may be chosen from olyoxyethylene glycol ethers or esters (POE/PEG ethers or esters) or polyoxypropylene glycol ethers or esters (PPG ethers or esters), from sugar ethers or esters, from glycerol or polyglycerol ethers or esters and from ethoxylated glyceride esters (POE glyceryl esters), polyhydroxystearic acid, or a mixture thereof.
The dispersant may be selected such that it protects various ingredients of the skin tightening composition, such as coloring particles, that are solid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure against their aggregation or flocculation when it is placed in contact with an aqueous composition. More generally, the dispersant may be a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several thereof, bearing one or more functionalities that have strong affinity for the surface of the compounds to be dispersed. In some instances, the dispersant may be physically adsorbed onto the surface of the particles to be dispersed. In at least one instance, the dispersant is selected from those having a hydrophilicity with an HLB of 10 or less, 7 or less, or 6 or less. The term "HLB of 10 or less" means a surfactant having, at 25°C, an HLB balance (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance), within the Griffin meaning, of less than or equal to 10. The dispersant may be nonionic and/or chosen from polyoxyethylene glycol ethers or esters (POE/PEG ethers or esters) or polyoxypropylene glycol ethers or esters (PPG ethers or esters), from sugar ethers or esters, from glycerol or polyglycerol ethers or esters and from ethoxylated glyceride esters (POE glyceryl esters) or from mixtures thereof.
Typically, the amount of dispersants included in the skin tightening compositions, when present, ranges from about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, 0.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 8 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 6 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 5 wt.%, about 0.5 to about 4 wt.%;about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 4 wt.%; about 1.5 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 4 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. Water-Soluble Solvents
The skin tightening composition may optionally include one or more water- soluble solvents. The term "water-soluble solvent" is interchangeable with the term “water-miscible solvent” and means a compound that is liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), and it has a solubility of at least 50% in water under these conditions. In some cases, the water soluble solvent has a solubility of at least 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. Non-limiting examples of water-soluble solvents include, for example, glycerin, C1-4 alcohols, organic solvents, fatty alcohols, fatty ethers, fatty esters, polyols, glycols, and any a mixture thereof. In some instances, the skin tightening composition includes one or more C1-4 alcohols, for example, ethanol.
As examples of organic solvents, non-limiting mentions can be made of monoalcohols and polyols such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, propyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, and phenylethyl alcohol, or glycols or glycol ethers such as, for example, monomethyl, monoethyl and monobutyl ethers of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or ethers thereof such as, for example, monomethyl ether of propylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, dipropylene glycol as well as alkyl ethers of diethylene glycol, for example monoethyl ether or monobutyl ether of diethylene glycol. Other suitable examples of organic solvents are ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, propane diol, and glycerin. The organic solvents can be volatile or non-volatile compounds.
Further non-limiting examples of water-soluble solvents include alkanediols (polyhydric alcohols) such as glycerin, 1 ,2,6-hexanetriol, trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentaethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 2-butene-1 ,4-diol, 2-ethyl-1 ,3-hexanediol, 2- methyl-2,4-pentanediol, (caprylyl glycol), 1 ,2-hexanediol, 1 ,2-pentanediol, and 4-methyl- 1 ,2-pentanediol; alkyl alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as ethanol, methanol, butanol, propanol, and isopropanol; glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-iso- propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, 1-methyl- 1 -methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, and dipropylene glycol mono-iso-propyl ether; 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 ,3- dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, formamide, acetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, sorbit, sorbitan, acetine, diacetine, triacetine, sulfolane, and a mixture thereof.
Polyhydric alcohols are useful. Examples of polyhydric alcohols include glycerin, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1 ,3-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1 ,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-1 ,3- butanediol, 1 ,5-pentanediol, tetraethylene glycol, 1 ,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4- pentanediol, polyethylene glycol, 1 ,2,4-butanetriol, 1 ,2,6-hexanetriol, and a mixture thereof. Polyol compounds may also be used. Non-limiting examples include the aliphatic diols, such as 2-ethyl-2-methyl-1 ,3-propanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-1 ,2-butanediol, 2 ,2-diethy 1-1 ,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1 ,3-propanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-2,4- pentanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 5-hexene-1 ,2-diol, and 2-ethyl-1 ,3- hexanediol, and a mixture thereof.
The total amount of the water-soluble solvents in the skin tightening composition, if present, may vary but is typically about 0.01 to about 25 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of water- soluble solvents is about 0.01 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.01 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.01 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 25 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 25 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 8 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. Filler(s)
The skin tightening composition may include one filler typically in an amount of about 0.5 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The filler may be present in the skin tightening composition in an amount of about 0.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 3 to about 20 wt.%, about 3.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 4 to about 20 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 20 wt.%, about 5 to about 20 wt.%, about 6 to about 20 wt.%, about 7 to about 20 wt.%, about 8 to about 20 wt.%; about
1 .5 to about 13 wt.%, about 1 to about 13 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 13 wt.%, about 2 to about 13 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 13 wt.%, about 3 to about 13 wt.%, about 3.5 to about 13 wt.%, about 4 to about 13 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 13 wt.%, about 5 to about 13 wt.%, about 6 to about 13 wt.%, about 7 to about 13 wt.%, about 8 to about 13 wt.%; about 0.5 to about 11 wt.%, about 1 to about 11 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 11 wt.%, about 2 to about 11 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 11 wt.%, about 3 to about 11 wt.%, about
3.5 to about 11 wt.%, about 4 to about 11 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 11 wt.%, about 5 to about 11 wt.%, about 6 to about 11 wt.%, about 7 to about 11 wt.%, about 8 to about 11 wt.%; about 0.5 to about 9 wt.%, about 1 to about 9 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 9 wt.%, about 2 to about 9 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 9 wt.%, about 3 to about 9 wt.%, about 3.5 to about 9 wt.%, about 4 to about 9 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 9 wt.%, about 5 to about 9 wt.%, about 6 to about 9 wt.%, about 7 to about 9 wt.%; about 0.5 to about 7 wt.%, about 1 to about 7 wt.%, about 1 .5 to about 7 wt.%, about 2 to about 7 wt.%, about 2.5 to about 7 wt.%, about 3 to about 7 wt.%, about 3.5 to about 7 wt.%, about 4 to about 7 wt.%, about 4.5 to about 7 wt.%, or about 5 to about 7 wt.%, including all ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
The one filler may be nylon-12, cellulose, methacrylate crosspolymer (such as, methyl methacrylate crosspolymer), silicone powder (such as, polymethylsisesquioxane), silica, silica silylate, fumed silica and a mixture thereof.
Additional fillers may include polyvalent silicates such as magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, a polyvalent silicate clay, montmorillonite, bentonite, smectite, and mixtures thereof. For instance, the filler may comprise magnesium aluminum silicate.
Soft Focus Powder
The skin tightening compositions may, optionally, include soft focus powder. Soft focus powders are materials providing a blurring effect, typically due to their lightscattering properties on the skin. Such powders typically have high diffuse reflectance, low specular reflectance, and high diffuse transmittance. Soft focus powders give the skin a smoother appearance, for example, by reducing the difference in luminosity between the valley and the edges of wrinkles and imperfections.
Non-limiting examples of soft focus powders include powders of natural or synthetic origin such as mica, titanated mica, alumina, titanium dioxide, serecite, composite talc/titanium dioxide/alumina/silica powders, polyamide, poly(methyl (meth)acrylate), polyethylene powder, polymethylsilsesquioxane powder, sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2 and a mixture thereof. Additional non-limiting examples include calcium aluminum borosilicate (LIIXSIL), PMMA (Microsphere M-100), polyethylene (POLYETHYLENE Cl 2080), methyl methacrylate crosspolymer (COVABEADS LH85), nylon-12 (ORGASOL 2002), or ethylene/acrylic acid copolymer (FLOBEADS EA209). In some instances, the skin tightening compositions include at least one soft focus powder selected from the group consisting of silica which may or may not be coated, fumed silica, silica silylate, composite talc/titanium dioxide/alumina/silica powders, polyamide (nylon), poly(methyl (meth)acrylate), polyethylene powder, polymethylsilsesquioxane powder, waxes, such as copernicia cerifera (carnauba) wax, dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer, nylon-12, cellulose, polylactic acid, boron nitride, and a mixture thereof. The copernicia cerifera (carnauba) wax can be provided as a dispersion non-water and alcohol. The dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer can be provided as silicone dispersion (INCI: Dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer (and) C12-14 Pareth-12). In some instances, the soft focus powder is (or includes) sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2, which is commercially available as AQUAKEEP 10SH-NFC as sodium acrylates crosspolymer-2 (and) water (and) silica. The total amount of soft focus powder, if present, can vary but is typically about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. In some cases, the total amount of soft focus powder is about 0.1 to about 20 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 18 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 16 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 15 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 14 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 12 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 20 wt.%, about 1 to about 18 wt.%, about 1 to about 16 wt.%, about 1 to about 15 wt.%, about 1 to about 14 wt.%, about 1 to about 12 wt.%, about 1 to about 10 wt.%, or about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 2 to about 20 wt.%, about 2 to about 18 wt.%, about 2 to about 16 wt.%, about 2 to about 14 wt.%, about 2 to about 12 wt.%, about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 8 wt.%, about 4 to about 20 wt.%, about 4 to about 18 wt.%, about 4 to about 16 wt.%, about 4 to about 14 wt.%, about 4 to about 12 wt.%, about 4 to about 10 wt.%, about 4 to about 8 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of skin tightening composition.
Pigments
The composition may include at least one pigment, for example to create a colored film on the skin, which may be useful to hide certain skin imperfections. In various embodiments, the at least one pigment may be chosen from inorganic or organic pigments.
As used herein, the term “pigments” is intended to mean white or colored, mineral or organic particles, alone or coated on a substrate, which are insoluble in the composition in which they are present, but which may be further treated by various treatment processes with various chemical coatings. Pigments are intended to color and/or opacify the resulting film. If pigments are coated with hydrophobic groups, the treated pigments would be more hydrophobic and thus would be dispersed well in the oil phase of an O/W or W/O emulsion. If the pigments are coated with hydrophilic groups, they would be more hydrophilic and thus would be dispersed well in the water phase of a W/O or O/W emulsion.
As used herein, untreated pigments are those pigments that have not undergone any coating processes that materially alter their hydrophobic or hydrophilic character. The average particle size or average particle diameter of the pigments is typically less than about 1 pm and more typically greater than about 0.1 pm.
Inorganic Pigments
By way of example, inorganic pigments that may be used include titanium oxides, zirconium oxides, alumina, calcium carbonate, barium Sulphate, calcium Sulphate, cerium oxides, zinc oxides, iron oxides, chromium oxides, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, chromium hydrate and titanium dioxide, the composite particles comprising them, and their mixtures. For example, pigments may be chosen from titanium dioxide and red, black, and/or yellow iron oxide, as well as mixtures thereof. Use may also be made of mixtures of various kinds of pigments. Mention may also be made of colloidal silica/alumina composite particles. The term “silica/alumina composite' is understood to mean silica particles in which aluminum atoms have been partially substituted for silicon atoms, that is to say particles composed of silicon oxide, the surface of which has been modified chemically so as to replace some at least of the silicon atoms by aluminum atoms, forming at most a monomolecular layer of aluminum.
Uncoated or untreated titanium oxide pigments are sold, for example, by the company Tayca under the trade names Microtitanium Dioxide MT500 B or Microtitanium Dioxide MT 600 B, by the company Degussa under the name P25, by the company Wackher under the name Transparent titanium oxide PW, by the company Myoshi Kasei under the name UFTR, by the company Tomen under the name ITS, by the company Kobo under the name TIO2 CR-50 I2, by the company Myoshi Kasei under the name NAI- TAO-77891 and by the company Tioxide under the name Tioveil AQ. Uncoated or untreated Zinc oxide pigments are, for example: those sold under the name Z-Cote by the company Sunsmart; those sold under the name NanoX by the company Elementis; those sold under the name Nanogard WCD 2025 by the company Nanophase Technologies.
Uncoated or untreated cerium oxide pigments are sold under the name Colloidal Cerium Oxide by the company Rhone-Poulenc. Uncoated or untreated iron oxide pigments are sold, for example, by the company Arnaud under the names Nanogard WCD 2002 (FE 45B), Nanogard Iron FE 45 BLAQ, Nanogard FE45RAQ and Nanogard WCD 2006 (FE 45R) or by the company Mitsubishi under the name TY-220.
Non limiting examples may include pearlescent pigments, such as mica coated with pigments, and alumina coated with pigments. Surface treated composite pigments such as surface-treated titanium oxides/alumina composites and iron oxides/alumina composites, for example, are sold byt the company Sensient under the trade name COVALUMINE SONOMA YELLOW AS, COVALUMINE SONOMA RED AS, COVALUMINE ATLAS WHITE AS, and COVALUMINE SONOMA BLACK AS.
Nacres may be chosen from white pearlescent pigments such as mica coated with titanium or with bismuth oxychloride, colored pearlescent pigments such as titanium mica with iron oxides, titanium mica with in particular ferric blue or the chromium oxide, titanium mica with an organic pigment of the abovementioned type, and pearlescent pigments based on bismuth oxychloride.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "nacre" means coloured particles of any shape, which may or may not be iridescent, in particular produced by certain molluscs in their shell, or alternatively synthesized, and which have a colour effect via optical interference.
The nacres used in the compositions according to the present invention may be in lamellar (or platelet form), spherical (or globular) form, or in any other intermediate form between these defined forms.
In the present patent application, the term "spherical particles" means particles in the form or substantially in the form of a sphere.
The term "lamellar particles" or “platelet form” means herein particles of parallelepipedal shape (rectangular or square surface), discoid shape (circular surface) or ellipsoid shape (oval surface), characterized by three dimensions: a length, a width and a height.
The nacres may be selected from nacreous pigments such as mica coated with an iron oxide, mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, mica coated with Titanium oxide or dioxide, mica coated with chromium oxide, mica coated with tin oxide, mica coated with SnO2, mica coated by BaSO4, mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride.
They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
Examples of nacres that may also be mentioned include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
In particular, the nacres may be mentioned are platelets type mica coated with titanium oxide, iron oxide, or both of them.
Among the nacres available on the market, mention may be made of the nacres Timica® sold by the company BASF, Flamenco and Duochrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres sold by the company Sun Chemical.
The nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and/or coppery colour or tint.
According to a preferred embodiment, the nacre useful to the present invention is in platelet form. More particularly, the nacre is platelets of mica at the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides.
The nacres of this type are commercially available, for example, sold by the company BASF under the tradename Timica® Terra White MN4501 , which is a white powder.
In further embodiments, pigments with a structure that may be, for example, of silica microspheres containing iron oxide type, may be used. An example of a pigment having this structure is the product sold by the company Miyoshi under the reference PC Ball PC-LL-100 P, constituted of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
Oil dispersible pigments
The skin tightening compositions may include one or more oil dispersible pigments. Typically, hydrophobic treatments are used to make the pigments dispersible in oil. In one or more embodiments, the one or more oil soluble dispersible pigments is chosen from Untreated Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide, Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide (And) Isopropyl Titanium Triisostearate, Alumina (and) Iron Oxides/Titanium Dioxide (and) Triethoxycaprylylsilane (and) Silica Dimethyl Silylate, Mica (And) Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide, Iron Oxides/Titanium dioxide (And) Disodium Stearoyl Glutamate (And) Aluminum Hydroxide, and mixture thereof.
The total amount of oil dispersible pigments present, may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Water dispersible pigments
The skin tightening compositions may include one or more water dispersible pigments. Typically, hydrophilic treatments are used to make the pigments water dispersible. In one or more embodiments, the one or more water soluble dispersible pigments is chosen from hydrophilic phytic acid treated pigments (= IRON OXIDES (and) PHYTIC ACID), pigments coated with silica (= IRON OXIDES (and) SILICA), hydrophilic pigments coated with PEG Silane, hydrophilic pigments coated with Sodium Glycerophosphate, hydrophilic pigments coated with Algin and mixture thereof.
Non-limiting examples include TiO2 coated with superhydrophilic phytic acid, yellow iron oxide with phytic acid superhydrophilic surface treatment, red iron oxide with superhydrophilic phytic acid treatment, black iron oxide coated with superhydrophilic phytic acid treatment and mixtures thereof.
The total amount of water dispersible pigments present, may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
The total amount of water and oil dispersible pigments present, may vary but is typically about 1 .0 to about 20 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The total amount of water dispersible pigments is typically from about 1 .0, 1 .5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5 to about 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0, 17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0, 19.5, and 20 wt.%, including ranges and subranges thereof, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
Organic Pigments
By way of further example, organic pigments that may be used include nitroso, nitro, azo, xanthene, pyrene, guinoline, anthraguinone, triphenylmethane, fluorane, phthalocyanin, metal complex, isoindolinone, isoindoline, guinacridone, perinone, perylene, diketopyrrolopyrrole, indigo, thioindigo, dioxazine, triphenylmethane and guinophthalone compounds. For example, the organic pigments may be chosen from carmine lake, carbon black, aniline black, azo yellow, guinacridone, phthalocyanine blue, the blue pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 42090, 69800, 69825, 73000, 74100 and 74160, the yellow pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 11680, 11710, 15985, 19140, 20040, 21100, 21108, 47000 and 47005, the green pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 61565, 61570 and 74260, the orange pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 11725, 15510, 45370 and 71105, the red pigments codified in the Color Index under the references Cl 12085, 12120, 12370, 12420, 12490, 14700, 15525, 15580, 15620, 15630, 15800, 15850, 15865, 15880, 17200, 26100, 45380, 45410, 58000, 73360, 73915 and 75470, and the pigments obtained by oxidative polymerization of indole or phenolic derivatives as described in patent FR 2 679 771 .
It should be understood that the greater amount of pigment added, the greater the effects of the film on the skin to hide skin imperfections, such as pores, pimples, dark spots, and the like. Therefore, the skilled artisan will be able to choose an amount of pigment appropriate for the composition, keeping in mind the intended use of the final formulation.
Skin active agents
The skin tightening compositions may, optionally, include one or more skin active agents, such as anti-aging agent, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-depuffing agent, anti-dark circles actives, anti-oxidants, humectants, moisturizing ingredients, depigmenting agents, and/or agents for treating oily skin etc. The skin active agents may be included in the skin tightening composition in an amount ranging from greater than zero to about to about 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the composition. For example, the total amount of skin active agents may be from greater than zero to about 9 wt.%, greater than zero to about 8 wt.%, greater than zero to about 7 wt.%, greater than zero to about 6 wt.%, greater than zero to about 5 wt.%, greater than zero to about 4 wt.%, greater than zero to about 3 wt.%, greater than zero to about 2 wt.%; about 10 ppm to about 10 wt.% (100,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 5 wt.% (50,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 2.5 wt.% (25,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 1 wt.% (10,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.5 wt.% (5,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.3 wt.% (3,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.2 wt.% (2,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to about 0.1 wt.% (1 ,000 ppm), about 10 ppm to 500 ppm; about 0.1 to about 10 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 5 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 2.5 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 1 wt.%, about 0.1 to about 0.5 wt.%; about 1 to about 10 wt.%, about 1 to about 8 wt.%, about 1 to about 6 wt.%, about 1 to about 5 wt.%, about 1 to about 4 wt.%, about 1 to about 3 wt.%; about 2 to about 10 wt.%, about 2 to about 8 wt.%, about 2 to about 6 wt.%, about 2 to about 5 wt.%, about 2 to about 4 wt.%; about 3 to about 10 wt.%, about 3 to about 8 wt.%, about 3 to about 6 wt.%, about 3 to about 5 wt.%; about 4 to about 10 wt.%, about 4 to about 8 wt.%, or about 4 to about 6 wt.%, including ranges and subranges there between, based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
A non-limiting discussion of skin active agents that may, in some cases, be included in the skin tightening composition is provided below:
Humectants and/or moisturizing ingredients Examples of humectants and/or moisturizing ingredients include glycerol and its derivatives, urea and its derivatives, especially Hydrovance marketed by National Starch, lactic acid, hyaluronic acid, AHA, BHA, sodium pidolate, xylitol, serine, sodium lactate, ectoin and its derivatives, chitosan and its derivatives, collagen, plankton, an extract of Imperata cylindra sold under the name Moist 24 by Sederma, homopolymers of acrylic acid as Lipidure-HM of NOF Corporation, beta-glucan and in particular sodium carboxymethyl beta-glucan Mibelle-AG-Biochemistry, a mixture of oils passionflower, apricot, corn, and rice bran sold by Nestle under the name NutraLipids, a C-glycoside derivatives, in particular the C-13-D-xylopyranoside-2-hydroxypropane in the form of a solution at 30% by weight of active material in a water/propylene glycol mixture (60/40 wt %) as the product produced by the company Chimex under the trade name "Mexoryl SBB", a rose hip oil marketed by Nestle, a micro-algae extract Prophyridium cruentum enriched with zinc, marketed under the name by Vincience Algualane Zinc spheres of collagen and chondroitin sulfate of marine origin (Atelocollagen) sold by the company Engelhard Lyon under the name Marine Filling Spheres, hyaluronic acid spheres such as those marketed by Engelhard Lyon, and arginine.
Depigmenting agents
Depigmenting agents that may be incorporated in the skin tightening composition include those chosen from alpha and beta arbutin, ferulic acid, lucinol and its derivatives, kojic acid, resorcinol and derivatives thereof, tranexamic acid and derivatives thereof, gentisic acid, homogentisic, methyl gentisate or homogentisate, dioic acid, D pantheteine calcium sulphonate, lipoic acid, ellagic acid, vitamin B3, linoleic acid and its derivatives, certain compounds derived from plants such as chamomile, bearberry, the aloe family (vera, ferox, bardensis), mulberry, skullcap, a water kiwi fruit (Actinidia chinensis) marketed by Gattefosse, an extract of Paeonia suffruticosa root, such as that sold by Ichimaru Pharcos under the name Liquid Botanpi Be an extract of brown sugar (Saccharum officinarum) such as molasses extract marketed by Taiyo Kagaku under the name Liquid Molasses, without this list being exhaustive. Particular depigmenting agents include alpha and beta arbutin, ferulic acid, kojic acid, resorcinol and derivatives, D pantheteine calcium sulfonate, lipoic acid, ellagic acid, vitamin B3, a water kiwi fruit (Actinidia chinensis) marketed by Gattefosse, an extract of Paeonia suffruticosa root, such as that sold by the company Ichimaru Pharcos under the name Botanpi Liquid B.
Anti-wrinkle active
The skin tightening composition may include one or more anti-wrinkle actives. The term "anti-wrinkle active" refers to a natural or synthetic compound producing a biological effect, such as the increased synthesis and/or activity of certain enzymes, when brought into contact with an area of wrinkled skin, this has the effect of reducing the appearance of wrinkles and/or fine lines. Exemplary anti-wrinkle actives may be chosen from: desquamating agents, anti-glycation agents, inhibitors of NO-synthase, agents stimulating the synthesis of dermal or epidermal macromolecules and/or preventing their degradation, agents for stimulating the proliferation of fibroblasts and/or keratinocytes, or for stimulating keratinocyte differentiation reducing agents; muscle relaxants and/or dermo-decontracting agents, anti-free radical agents, and mixtures thereof. Examples of such compounds are: adenosine and its derivatives and retinoids other than retinol (as discussed above, such as retinol palmitate), ascorbic acid and its derivatives such as magnesium ascorbyl phosphate and ascorbyl glucoside; caffeine; nicotinic acid and its precursors such as nicotinamide; ubiquinone; glutathione and precursors thereof such as L-2-oxothiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, the compounds C- glycosides and their derivatives as described in particular in EP-1345919, in particular C-beta-D-xylopyranoside-2-hydroxy-propane as described in particular in EP-1345919, plant extracts including sea fennel and extracts of olive leaves, as well as plant and hydrolysates thereof such as rice protein hydrolysates or soybean proteins; algal extracts and in particular laminaria, bacterial extracts, the sapogenins such as diosgenin and extracts of Dioscorea plants, in particular wild yam, comprising: the a-hydroxy acids, f3-hydroxy acids, such as salicylic acid and n-octanoyl-5-salicylic oligopeptides and pseudodipeptides and acyl derivatives thereof, in particular acid {2-[acetyl-(3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-amino]-3-methyl-}acetic acid and lipopeptides marketed by the company under the trade names SEDERMA Matrixyl 500 and Matrixyl 3000; lycopene, manganese salts and magnesium salts, especially gluconates, and mixtures thereof. In at least one case, the skin tightening composition includes adenosine derivatives, such as non-phosphate derivatives of adenosine, such as in particular the 2'- deoxyadenosine, 2',3'-adenosine isopropoylidene; the toyocamycine, 1- methyladenosine, N-6-methyladenosine; adenosine N-oxide, 6-methylmercaptopurine riboside, and the 6-chloropurine riboside. Other derivatives include adenosine receptor agonists such as adenosine phenylisopropyl ("PIA"), 1 -methylisoguanosine, N6- cyclohexyladenosine (CHA), N6-cyclopentyladenosine (CPA), 2-chloro-N6- cyclopentyladenosine, 2-chloroadenosine, N6-phenyladenosine, 2- phenylaminoadenosine, MECA, N 6-phenethyladenosine, 2-p-(2-carboxy-ethyl) phenethyl-amino-5'- -N-ethylcarboxamido adenosine (CGS-21680), N- ethylcarboxamido-adenosine (NECA), the 5'(N-cyclopropyl)-carboxamidoadenosine, DPMA (PD 129.944) and metrifudil.
Anti-aging actives
The skin tightening composition may include one or more anti-aging actives. The anti-aging actives can also include at least one hydroxy acid selected from alpha, beta or polyhydroxy acids. Thus, in various embodiments, a hydroxy acid may be selected from the group consisting of lactic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, mandelic acid, lactobionic acid, gluconolactone, galactose, and mixtures thereof.
Skin active agent for oily skin
The skin tightening composition may, optionally, include a skin active agent that addresses oily skin. These agents can be sebo-regulating or antiseborrhoeic agents capable of regulating the activity of sebaceous glands. Exemplary skin active agents for addressing oily skin include: retinoic acid, benzoyl peroxide, sulfur, vitamin B6 (pyridoxine or) chloride, selenium, samphire--the cinnamon extract blends, tea and octanoylglycine such as--15 Sepicontrol A5 TEA from Seppic--the mixture of cinnamon, sarcosine and octanoylglycine marketed especially by Seppic under the trade name Sepicontrol A5--zinc salts such as zinc gluconate, zinc pyrrolidonecarboxylate (or zinc pidolate), zinc lactate, zinc aspartate, zinc carboxylate, zinc salicylate 20, zinc cysteate;- -derivatives particularly copper and copper pidolate as Cuivridone Solabia-extracts from plants of Arnica montana, Cinchona succirubra, Eugenia caryophyllata, Humulus lupulus, Hypericum perforatum, Mentha pipenta 25 Rosmarinus officinalis, Salvia officinalis and Thymus vulgaris, all marketed for example by Maruzen-extracts of meadowsweet (Spiraea ulmaria), such as that sold under the name Sebonormine by Silab--extracts of the alga Laminaria saccharina, such as that sold under the 30 name Phlorogine by Biotechmarine--the root extracts of burnet mixtures (Sanguisorba officinalis/Poterium officinale), rhizomes of ginger (Zingiber officinalis) and cinnamon bark (Cinnamomum cassia), such as that sold under the name Sebustop by Solabia-- extracts of flaxseed such as that sold under the name Linumine by Lucas Meyer-- Phellodendron extracts such as those sold under the name Phellodendron extract BG by Maruzen or Oubaku liquid B by Ichimaru Pharcos--of argan oil mixtures extract of Serenoa serrulata (saw palmetto) extract and sesame seeds such as that sold under the name Regu SEB by Pentapharm --mixtures of extracts of willowherb, of Terminalia chebula, nasturtium and of bioavailable zinc (microalgae), such as that sold under the name Seborilys Green Tech; --extracts of Pygeum afrianum such as that sold under the name Pygeum afrianum sterolic lipid extract by Euromed-extracts of Serenoa serrulata such as those sold under the name Viapure Sabal by Actives International, and those sold by the company Euromed--of extracts of plantain blends, Berberis aquifolium and sodium salicylate 20 such as that sold under the name Seboclear Rahn--extract of clove as that sold under the name Clove extract powder by Maruzen--argan oil such as that sold under the name Lipofructyl Laboratories Serobiologiques; 25--lactic protein filtrates, such as that sold under the name Normaseb by Sederma--the seaweed laminaria extracts, such as that sold under the name Laminarghane by Biotechmarine-- oligosaccharides seaweed Laminaria digitata, such as that sold under the name Phycosaccharide 30 AC by the company Codif--extracts of sugar cane such as that sold under the name Policosanol by the company Sabinsa, the sulfonated shale oil, such as that sold under the name Ichtyol Pale by Ichthyol --extracts of meadowsweet (Spiraea ulmaria) such as that sold under the name Cytobiol Ulmaire by societeLibiol-sebacic acid, especially sold in the form of a sodium polyacrylate gel under the name Sebosoft by Sederma--glucomannans extracted from konjac tuber and modified with alkylsulfonate chains such as that sold under the name Biopol Beta by Arch Chemicalextracts of Sophora angustifolia, such as those sold under the name Sophora powder or Sophora extract by Bioland-extracts of cinchona bark succirubra such as that sold under the name Red Bark HS by Alban Muller-extracts of Quillaja saponaria such as that sold under the name 15 Panama wood HS by Alban Muller-glycine grafted onto an undecylenic chain, such as that sold under the name Lipacide UG OR by SEPPIC-the mixture of oleanolic acid and nordihydroguaiaretic acid, such as that sold under the form of a gel under the name AC. Net by Sederma; 20-phthalimidoperoxyhexanoic acid- citrate tri (C12-C13) sold under the name COSMACOL.RTM. ECI by Sasol; trialkyl citrate (C14-C15) sold under the name COSMACOL.RTM. ECL by Sasol-10- hydroxydecanoic acid, including mixtures acid-hydroxydecanoic October 25, sebacic acid and 1 , 10-decandiol such as that sold under the name Acnacidol BG by Vincience and mixtures thereof.
Antioxidants
Vitamin C and derivatives may be used, including ascorbic acid, sodium ascorbate, and the fat soluble esters tetrahexyldecyl ascorbate and ascorbyl palmitate, magnesium ascorbyl phosphate, ascorbyl-glucoside, glucosamine ascorbate, ascorbyl acetate, etc. Additionally, extracts from plants containing a high amount of vitamin C such as camu berry (Myrciaria dubia), acerola, emblica officinalis, and bioflavonoids from rose hip and citrus may be used including water soluble bioflavonoids such as hesperidin methyl chaicone may also be used.
Sesame (Sesamum indicum) or sesame lignan may also be added. Sesame and its lignans (the fibrous compounds associated with the sesame) act as antioxidants. Sesame seed lignans significantly enhance vitamin E activity.
Other antioxidants include tocopherols (e.g. d-a-tocopherol, d-[3-tocopherol, d-y- tocopherol, d-delta-tocopherol), tocotrienols (e.g. d-a-tocotrienol, d-(3-tocotrienol, d-y.- tocotrienol, d-delta-tocotrienol,) and vitamin E (a-tocopherol acetate). These compounds may be isolated from natural sources, prepared by synthetic means, or mixtures thereof. Tocotrienol-enriched vitamin E preparations may be obtained by fractionating vitamin E preparations to remove a portion of tocopherols and recover a preparation more highly concentrated in tocotrienol. Useful tocotrienols are natural products isolated, for example, from wheat germ oil, grain, or palm oil using high performance liquid chromatography, or isolated by alcohol extraction and/or molecular distillation from barley, brewer's grain or oats. As used herein, the term "tocotrienols" includes tocotrienol-rich-fractions obtained from these natural products as well as the pure compounds. The increased glutathione peroxidase activity protects the skin from oxidative damage.
In addition, carotenoids, particularly the xanthophyll type, are also useful antioxidants that can be used. The xanthopyll type carotenoids include molecules, such as lutein, canthaxantin, cryptoxanthin, zeaxanthin and astaxanthin. Xanthophylls protect compounds, such as vitamin A, vitamin E, and other carotenoids.
Flavonoids
The active agent may be an antioxidant selected from the group of flavonoids. In some instances, the flavonoid is a flavanone (derivative of 2,3-dihydro-2- phenylchromen-4-one). Flavones include: Butin, Eriodictyol, Hesperetin, Hesperidin, Homoeriodictyol, Isosakuranetin, Naringenin, Naringin, Pinocembrin, Poncirin, Sakuranetin, Sakuranin, and Sterubin. The flavonoid may be a flavanonol (derivative of 3-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-2-phenylchromen-4-one). Flavanols include: Taxifolin, Aromadedrin, Chrysandroside A, Chrysandroside B, Xeractinol, Astilbin, and Fustin. The flavonoid may be a flavone (derivative of 2-phenylchromen-4-one). Flavones include: Apigenin, Luteolin, Tangeritin, Chrysin, Baicalein, Scutellarein, Wogonin, Synthetic Flavones: Diosmin, and Flavoxate. The flavonoid may be a flavonol (derivative of 3-hydroxy-2-phenylchromen-4-one). Flavonols include: 3-Hydroxyflavone, Azaleatin, Fisetin, Galangin, Gossypetin, Kaempferide, Kaempferol, Isorhamnetin, Morin, Myricetin, Natsudaidain, Pachypodol, Quercetin, Rhamnazin, Rhamnetin, Azalein, Hyperoside, Isoquercitin, Kaempferitrin, Myricitrin, Quercitrin, Robinin, Rutin, Spiraeoside, Xanthorhamnin, Amurensin, Icariin, and Troxerutin. The flavonoid may be a flavan-3-ol (derivatives of 2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-3-ol). Flavan-3-ols include: Catechin, Epicatechin, Epigallocatechin, Epicatechin gallate, Epigallocatechin gallate, Epiafzelechin, Fisetinidol, Guibourtinidol, Mesquitol, and Robinetinidol. The flavonoid may be a flavan-4-ol (derivative of 2-phenylchroman-4-ol). Flavan-4-ols include: Apiforol and Luteoforol. The flavonoid may be an isoflavone (derivative of 3- phenylchromen-4-one). Isoflavones include: Genistein, Daidzein, Biochanin A, Formononetin, and the Equol metabolite from Daidzein.
The antioxidant may be an anthocyanidin (derivative of 2-phenylchromenylium cation). Anthocyanidins include: Aurantinidin, Cyanidin, Delphinidin, Europinidin, Luteolinidin, Pelargonidin, Malvidin, Peonidin, Petunidin, Rosinidin, and Xanthone.
The antioxidant may be a Dihydrochalcone (derivative of 1 ,3-diphenyl-1 - propanone). Dihydrochalcones include: Phloretin, Dihydrochalcone phloretin Phlorizin, Aspalathin, Naringin dihydrochalcone, Neohesperidin dihydrochalcone, and Nothofagin. Without limiting the mode of action of the invention, dihydrochalcones may exert an antioxidant effect by reducing reactive free radicals, like reactive oxygen and reactive nitrogen species.
The antioxidant may be an anthocyanin. Anthocyanins and their derivatives are antioxidants. Anthocyanins encompasses a class of flavonoid compounds that are naturally occurring, water-soluble compounds, responsible for the red, purple, and blue colors of many fruits, vegetables, cereal grains, and flowers. Additionally, anthocyanins are collagenase inhibitors. The inhibition of collagenase helps in the prevention and reduction of wrinkles, increase in skin elasticity, etc., which are caused by a reduction in skin collagen. The anthocyanins may be obtained from any portion of various plant sources, such as the fruit, flower, stem, leaves, root, bark, or seeds. One of skill in the art will understand that certain portions of the plant may contain higher natural levels of anthocyanins, and, therefore, those portions are used to obtain the desired anthocyanins. In some instances, antioxidants may include one or more betacyanin. Betacyanins, like anthocyanins, may be obtained from natural sources and are antioxidants.
The antioxidant may be a Phenylpropanoid (derivatives of cinnamic acid). Phenylpropanoids include: Cinnamic acid, Caffeic acid, Ferulic acid, Trans-ferulic acid (including its antioxidant pharmacore 2,6-dihydroxyacetophenome), 5-Hydroxyferulic acid, Sinapic acid, Coumaryl alcohol, Coniferyl alcohol, Sinapyl alcohol, Eugenol, Chavicol, Safrole, P-coumaric acid, and Sinapinic acid. Without limiting the mode of action of the invention, Phenylpropanoids may neutralize free radicals.
The antioxidant may be a Chaicone (derivative of 1 ,3-diphenyl-2-propen-1-one). Chaicones include: Butein, Okanin, Carthamin, Marein, Sophoradin, Xanthohumol, Flavokvain A, Flavokavain B, Flavokavin C, and synthetic Safalcone.
The antioxidant may be a Curcuminoid. Curcuminoids include: Curcumin, Desmethoxycurcumin, bis-Desmethoxycurcumin, Tetrahydrocurcumin, and Tetrahydrocurcuminoids. Curcumin and tetrahydrocurcuminoids may be derived from rhizomes of Curcuma longa. Tetrahydrocurcumin, a metabolite of curcumin, has been found to be a more potent antioxidant and more stable compared to curcumin.
The antioxidant may be a Tannin. Tannins include: Tannin, Terflavin B, Glucogallin, Dgallic acid, and Quercitannic acid.
The antioxidant may be a stilbenoid. Stilbenoids include: Resveratrol, Pterostilbene, and Piceatannol. Resveratrol may include, but is not limited to, 3,5,4'- trihydroxystilbene, 3,4,3',5'-tetrahydroxystilbene (piceatannol), 2, 3', 4,5'- tetrahydroxystilbene (oxyresveratrol), 4,4'-dihydroxystilbene, and alpha and beta glucoside, galactoside and mannoside derivatives thereof.
The antioxidant may be a Coumarin (derivatives of 2H-chromen-2-one). Coumarins include: 4-Hydroxycoumarin, Umbelliferone, Aesculetin, Herniarin, Auraptene, and Dicoumarol.
The antioxidant may be a Carotenoid. Carotenoids include: beta-Carotene, alpha-Carotene, gamma-Carotene, beta-Cryptoxanthin, Lycopene, Lutein, and Idebenone. Sesame (Sesamum indicum) or sesame lignan may also be added. Sesame and its lignans (the fibrous compounds associated with the sesame) act as antioxidants. Sesame seed lignans significantly enhance vitamin E activity. The antioxidant may be: a Xanthone, Butylated Hydroxytoluene, 2 ,6-D i-tert- butylphenol, 2,4-Dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol, Gallic acid, Eugenol, Uric acid, alpha- Lipoic acid, Ellagic acid, Chicoric acid, Chlorogenic acid, Rosmarinic acid, Salicylic acid, Acetylcysteine, S-Allyl cysteine, Barbigerone, Chebulagic acid, Edaravone, Ethoxyquin, Glutathione, Hydroxytyrosol, Idebenone, Melatonin, N-Acetylserotonin, Nordihydroguaiaretic acid, Oleocanthal, Oleuropein, Paradol, Piceatannol, Probucol, Propyl gallate, Protocatechuic acid, Pyritinol, Rutin, Secoisolariciresinol diglucoside, Sesamin, Sesamol, Silibinin, Silymarin, Theaflavin, Theaflavin digallate, Thmoquinone, Trolox, Tyrosol, Polyunsaturated fatty acids, and sulfur-based antioxidants such as Methionine or Lipoic acid.
Optional Components
In one or more embodiments, the skin tightening compositions described herein may contain one or more additional ingredients (additives and miscellaneous ingredients). Examples include, but are not limited to surfactants, emulsifiers, thickeners (such as polysaccharide-based thickeners), other polymers, proteins, hydrolyzed proteins, amino acids, fragrance, pH adjusters, and preservatives. Additional details regarding such additional ingredients follows below.
The skin tightening composition according to the disclosure can comprise any additional ingredients suitable for use in skin tightening compositions. Such ingredients may include, but are not limited to, cosmetically acceptable solvents, silicone compounds, rheology modifying agents such as acrylic polymers, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants or mixtures thereof, anionic, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric or zwitterionic polymers or mixtures, humectants and moisturizing agents, fatty substances other than the claimed fatty substances, emulsifying agents other than fatty substances, fillers, structuring agents, propellants, shine agents, conditioning agents, antioxidants or reducing agents, penetrants, sequestrants, fragrances, buffers, dispersants, conditioning agents, for instance volatile or non-volatile, modified or unmodified silicones, ceramides, preserving agents, opacifiers, sunscreen agents, and antistatic agents. Acids, for example citric acid, can affect the pH of the system resulting in loss of lift.
The skin tightening composition may also contain acid and alkali pH adjusters, which are well known in the art. Such pH adjusters include, but are not limited to, sodium metasilicate, silicate compounds, citric acid, ascorbic acid, and carbonate compounds.
Methods
The skin tightening compositions are particularly useful for improving the appearance of skin, especially the skin of a human. When the skin tightening compositions are applied to the skin, they provide an immediate improvement to the appearance of the skin that is long lasting. The skin tightening compositions are particularly useful for method of: reducing the appearance of fine lines of the skin; reducing the appearance of wrinkles of the skin; improving the tone of skin and/or improving the evenness of skin tone; improving skin softness and/or smoothness; reducing the appearance of eye bags; reducing the appearance of dark circles around and/or below the eyes; reducing the appearance of pores and/or scars; and/or increasing the radiance, luminosity, and/or glow of the skin.
Typically, an effective amount of a skin tightening composition is applied to the skin to be treated, for example, the skin of the face and/or neck. In some instances, it may be desirable to apply the skin tightening composition to the skin around (or below) the eyes. The skin tightening compositions can be applied with the hands or may be applied using a brush, sponge, tissue, cotton swab, fabric, or applicator (e.g., pen or other device), etc. The amount needed to achieve the desired effect can be ascertained by the consumer. EXAMPLES
Implementation of the present disclosure is provided by way of the following examples. The following examples serve to elucidate aspects of the technology without being limiting in nature.
In each of the following examples, the amounts of components given are in terms of active material (AM).
Example 1
(Inventive and Comparative Examples)
Exemplary (Inventive and Comparative) compositions were prepared in accordance with aspects of the disclosure and are reported in Table 2-4 below. Several prototypes of compositions were prepared at lab scale using a speed mixer using the following protocol:
1 . Hydrophilic film former was mixed in water (with magnesium sulfate for charge)
2. Preservatives, surfactants and oil phase film former (dispersed in isododecane) were added to the aqueous film former solution/suspension from Step 1 in the same speed mixer cup. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
3. Volatile hydrocarbon oil (e.g. Isododecane) was added to the white emulsion from Step 2. a. Pigments (if present) were also added at this step. b. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
4. Silicone Elastomer was added to the emulsion from Step 3. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
5. Filler, Thickener and Soft focus powders were added to the emulsion from Step 4. a. The mixture was mixed at 2500 rpm for 3 min.
The mechanical properties of the film were evaluated by applying the formulas on a stretchable fabric with a polyurethane coating at 10 mg/cm2 volume. The film was allowed to dry for 3 hours before evaluation and scoring. The scores for internal stress were given for each film based on the level of curl obtained on the fabric upon drying of the film. The fabric with the dried film was uniaxially stretched at 25% extension of its original length in the direction of stretch. The level of cracking and/or crazing was then scored. The scores are based on the scale of internal stress/curl, cracking and crazing in Table 1 .
Table 1 Scale of scores for internal stress/curl, cracking and crazing of films of formula on a stretchable polyurethane coated fabric
Figure imgf000080_0001
11nternal stress: Internal tension experienced by a material.
2Cracking: Breaking without complete separation of the parts.
3Crazing: A phenomenon where a polymer film does not return to its original form completely after release of tension, as witnessed by stretch marks at tension, without any visible cracking. This happens when the polymer is extended beyond its elastic limit, thus plastifying the structure. Repeated cycles of stretch and release beyond the elastic limit of the film lead to accentuation of crazing and ultimately cracking. 4Creasing: Produced on a line, a wrinkle on the surface.
Example 2
Examples containing acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer in the oil phase
The mechanical properties of Inventive Examples and Comparative Examples containing hydrophilic film formers with different glass transition temperatures (Tg) in aqueous phase with the same acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer in the oil phase were evaluated by using the method described above in Example 1. The results are presented in Tabe 2 below.
Table 2
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
The mechanical properties of the film were evaluated using the scale described in Table 1 above. Example A was considered as the baseline since it didn’t contain any hydrophilic film former. It was observed that Tg (i.e. glass transition temperature) of the hydrophilic film former added in the aqueous phase played an important role in the robustness of the final film, where the film former in the oil phase was held constant as acrylates/isobornyl acrylates (Tg=27°C). Hydrophilic film formers with Tg< 80°C were found to be the most promising in enhancing the mechanical robustness of the film without compromising the internal stress. Film formers with Tg>80°C may increase cracking and/or crazing at the cost of internal stress which is important for tightening films.
Example 3
Examples containing Acrylates/Polytrimethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer in the oil phase
The mechanical properties of Inventive Examples and Comparative Examples containing hydrophilic film formers with different glass transition temperatures (Tg) in aqueous phase with the same Acrylates/Polytrimethylsiloxymethacrylate copolymer in the oil phase were evaluated by using the method described above in Example 1 . The results are presented in Table 2.
Table 3
Figure imgf000083_0001
The mechanical properties of the film were evaluated using the scale described in Table 1 above. Example I was considered as the baseline since it didn’t contain any hydrophilic film former. Examples were considered inventive when an improvement of both, cracking and crazing, was obtained. It was observed that Tg of the hydrophilic film former added in the aqueous phase played an important role in the robustness of the final film, where the film former in the oil phase was held constant as Acrylates/Polytrimethylsiloxymethacrylate (Tg=70°C). Hydrophilic film formers with Tg< 80°C were found to be the most promising in enhancing the mechanical robustness of the film without compromising the internal stress (i.e. both crazing and cracking were improved). In the case of film formers with Tg between 80°C and 220°C, only the cracking was slightly improved, with no effect on crazing. In the case of film formers withTg above 220°C, there was no improvement observed.
Example 4
Examples containing Acrylates/Stearyl methacrylate copolymer in the oil phase
The mechanical properties of a Comparative Example and an Inventive Example containing a hydrophilic film former with a glass transition temperature (Tg) below 80°C (16-20°C) in aqueous phase with the same Acrylates/Stearyl methacrylate copolymer in the oil phase were evaluated by using the method described above in Example 1. The results are presented in Table 4.
Table 3
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
The composition in this example was prepared to confirm the reproducibility of results seen in the evaluation of compositions in examples 2 and 3. For simplicity, one film former was chosen with Tg similar to one of the oil phase film formers evaluated in previous examples. In this particular case, the film former used in the oil phase was acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer with Tg=26°C which is close to the Tg of acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymerat 27°C. The film former in the aqueous phase was chosen as styrene/acrylates/ammonium methacrylate copolymer (Tg=16-20°C). While the film of the comparative composition showed significant cracking and crazing, the film of the inventive composition did not undergo any cracking or crazing upon stretch, similar to what was seen in example 2 with the composition with acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer film former in oil phase.
The results showed that the mechanical properties of the compositions were affected by the selection of the hydrophilic film former as well as the selection of the hydrophobic film former. Specifically, in the examples presented in this disclosure, it was evident that hydrophilic film formers with Tg from about less than 80°C were found to be the most promising in enhancing the mechanical robustness of the film without compromising the internal stress. Film formers with Tg>80°C may decrease cracking and/or crazing in some cases at the cost of internal stress which is important for tightening films, thus limiting the choice of hydrophilic film formers to the ones with Tg from about less than 80°C for most optimal performance.
The foregoing description illustrates and describes the disclosure. Additionally, the disclosure shows and describes only the preferred embodiments but, as mentioned above, it is to be understood that it is capable to use in various other combinations, modifications, and environments and is capable of changes or modifications within the scope of the invention concepts as expressed herein, commensurate with the above teachings and/or the skill or knowledge of the relevant art. The embodiments described herein above are further intended to explain best modes known by applicant and to enable others skilled in the art to utilize the disclosure in such, or other, embodiments and with the various modifications required by the particular applications or uses thereof. Accordingly, the description is not intended to limit the invention to the form disclosed herein. Also, it is intended to the appended claims be construed to include alternative embodiments.
The term “INCI” is an abbreviation of International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients, which is a system of names provided by the International Nomenclature Committee of the Personal Care Products Council to describe personal care ingredients.
As used herein, all ranges provided are meant to include every specific range within, and combination of sub ranges between, the given ranges. Thus, a range from 1-5, includes specifically 1 , 2, 3, 4 and 5, as well as sub ranges such as 2-5, 3-5, 2-3, 2- 4, 1-4, etc.
All components and elements positively set forth in this disclosure can be negatively excluded from the claims. In other words, the skin tightening compositions of the instant disclosure can be free or essentially free of all components and elements positively recited throughout the instant disclosure. Some of the various categories of components identified may overlap. In such cases where overlap may exist and the composition includes both components (or the composition includes more than two components that overlap), an overlapping compound does not represent more than one component. For example, a fatty acid may be characterized as both a nonionic surfactant and a fatty compound. If a particular composition includes both a nonionic surfactant and a fatty compound, a single fatty acid will serve as only the nonionic surfactant or as only the fatty compound (the single fatty acid does not serve as both the nonionic surfactant and the fatty compound).
All publications and patent applications cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference, and for any and all purposes, as if each individual publication or patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency between the present disclosure and any publications or patent application incorporated herein by reference, the present disclosure controls.
As used herein, the terms “comprising,” “having,” and “including” are used in their open, non-limiting sense.
The terms “a,” “an,” and “the” are understood to encompass the plural as well as the singular. Thus, the term “a mixture thereof” also relates to “mixtures thereof.” Throughout the disclosure, the term “a mixture thereof” is used, following a list of elements as shown in the following example where letters A-F represent the elements: “one or more elements selected from the group consisting of A, B, C, D, E, F, and a mixture thereof.” The term, “a mixture thereof” does not require that the mixture include all of A, B, C, D, E, and F (although all of A, B, C, D, E, and F may be included). Rather, it indicates that a mixture of any two or more of A, B, C, D, E, and F can be included. In other words, it is equivalent to the phrase “one or more elements selected from the group consisting of A, B, C, D, E, F, and a mixture of any two or more of A, B, C, D, E, and F.” The expression “one or more” means “at least one” and thus includes individual components as well as mixtures/combinations.
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients and/or reaction conditions may be modified in all instances by the term “about,” meaning within +/- 5% of the indicated number.
The term “treat” (and its grammatical variations) as used herein refers to the application of the compositions of the present disclosure onto the surface of keratinous substrates such as skin, in particular, the skin of the head, face, and neck.
The term “substantially free” or “essentially free” as used herein means that there is less than about 2% by weight of a specific material added to a composition, based on the total weight of the compositions. Nonetheless, the compositions may include less than about 1 wt.%, less than about 0.5 wt.%, less than about 0.1 wt.%, or none of the specified material. All of the components set forth herein may be optionally included or excluded from the compositions/method/kits. When excluded, the compositions/methods/kits may be free or essentially free of the component. For example, a particular composition may be free or essentially free of alkoxylated compounds, for example, ethoxylated thickening agents and/or ethoxylated surfactants. Likewise, a particular composition may be free or essentially free of sulfates, such as sulfate surfactants.
The term “film-forming polymer”, “film former”, “film forming agent” are used interchangeably.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A skin tightening composition comprising:
A) Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) from about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) from about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils;
B) Aqueous phase comprising a) From about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with a Tg less than about 80°C; and wherein all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
2. The skin tightening composition of claim 1 , wherein the one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers are selected from trimethylsiloxysilicate, acrylates/isobornyl acrylate copolymer , acrylic acid/isobutyl acrylate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/stearyl methacrylate copolymer, acrylate/polytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, C30-45 alkyldimethylsilylpolypropylsilsequixane, trimethylsilsesquixane, polypropylsilsesquixane, acrylates/dimethicone copolymer, octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VA/butyl maleate/isobornyl acrylate copolymer, acrylates/t-butylacrylamide copolymer, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, triacontanyl PVP copolymer, acrylates/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, norbomene/tris(trimethylsiloxy)silylnorbornenecopolymer, Styrene/Butadiene Copolymer and a mixture thereof.
3. The skin tightening composition of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the one or more thickening agents are selected from polyam ide-8, hydrogenated styrene/isoprene copolymer, nylon-611/dimethicone copolymer, dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer, dimethicone crosspolymer, VP/EICOSENE copolymer, silicone
88 elastomer, emulsifying silicone elastomers, fumed silicas, hydrophobically modified silica, silica silylate, zeolite, natural clay, synthetic clay, kaolin, hectorite, organically modified hectorite, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (and) disteardimonium hectorite (and) propylene carbonate, an activated clay, disteardimonium hectorite, stearalkonium hectorite, quaternium-18 bentonite, quaternium-18 hectorite, benzalkonium bentonite, clays and a mixture thereof. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, wherein one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils are chosen from an isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the one or more hydrophilic film former with a Tg less than about 80°C is chosen from polyurethanes, hydrophilic acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol and mixture thereof. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the one or more hydrophilic film former is present from about 2 wt.% to about 45 wt.% based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising one or more inorganic pigments. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the one or more inorganic pigments are selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, Titanium dioxide-coated mica, Iron oxide-coated mica, Titanium dioxide-coated alumina, Iron oxide-coated almina, aluminum hydroxide, chromium oxide, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, chromium hydrate, ferric blue, aluminum powder, copper powder, silver powder, gold powder, barium sulfate, carbon black, and mixture thereof. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising about 0.1 to about 20 wt.% of a non-volatile fatty compound based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition.
89
. The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the one or more non-volatile fatty compounds are chosen from polyolefins, waxes, squalane, squalene, hydrogenated polyisobutene, hydrogenated polydecene, polybutene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, dimethicone, and a mixture thereof. . The skin tightening composition of claim 1 , further comprising a non-ionic surfactant. . The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a filler. . The skin tightening composition of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising one or more active compounds. . A skin tightening composition comprising:
A) Oil phase comprising: a) at least 5 wt.% of one or more hydrophobic film forming polymers; b) about 1 to about 40 wt.% of one or more thickening agents; c) about 30 to about 85 wt.% of one or more volatile hydrocarbon oils selected from isoparaffin, isohexadecane, isododecane, isodecane, undecane, tridecane, dodecane, and a mixture thereof;
B) Aqueous phase comprising a) about 5 to about 40 wt. % of water; b) at least 2 wt.% of one or more hydrophilic film formers with Tg < 80°C; and all percentages by weight are based on the total weight of the skin tightening composition. . A method for improving the appearance of skin comprising applying a skin tightening composition of claim 1 to the skin. . The method of claim 15, wherein the method of improving the appearance of skin comprises: reducing the appearance of fine lines of the skin;
90 reducing the appearance of wrinkles of the skin; improving the tone of skin and/or improving the evenness of skin tone; improving skin softness and/or smoothness; reducing the appearance of eye bags; reducing the appearance of dark circles around and/or below the eyes; reducing the appearance of pores and/or scars; and/or increasing the radiance, luminosity, and/or glow of the skin.
91
PCT/US2021/063711 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use WO2022146701A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023539269A JP2024501018A (en) 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Cosmetic composition and method of use for ideal skin
KR1020237025657A KR20230126731A (en) 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Skin perfecting cosmetic composition and method of use
CN202180094872.7A CN116887809A (en) 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Cosmetic composition for improving skin and use method thereof
EP21839300.7A EP4271358A1 (en) 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/136,353 2020-12-29
US17/136,353 US20220202691A1 (en) 2020-12-29 2020-12-29 Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use
FRFR2101952 2021-03-01
FR2101952A FR3120196B1 (en) 2021-03-01 2021-03-01 COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS FOR SKIN IMPROVEMENT AND METHODS OF USE

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022146701A1 true WO2022146701A1 (en) 2022-07-07

Family

ID=79270274

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/063711 WO2022146701A1 (en) 2020-12-29 2021-12-16 Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4271358A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2024501018A (en)
KR (1) KR20230126731A (en)
WO (1) WO2022146701A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024150992A1 (en) * 2023-01-09 2024-07-18 코스맥스 주식회사 Cosmetic composition comprising capsules and method for manufacturing same

Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4599379A (en) 1984-01-17 1986-07-08 Allied Colloids Ltd. Process for the production of polymers and aqueous solutions thereof
US4628078A (en) 1984-06-12 1986-12-09 Allied Colloids Ltd. Acrylamide-dialkylaminoacrylate-dialkylaminomethacrylate cationic polyelectrolytes and their production
EP0228868A2 (en) 1985-12-18 1987-07-15 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Water Treatments Limited Copolymers and their use
EP0295886A2 (en) 1987-06-16 1988-12-21 Toray Silicone Company, Limited Facial cleansers
US4835206A (en) 1986-10-01 1989-05-30 Allied Colloids, Ltd. Water soluble polymeric compositions
US4849484A (en) 1986-09-22 1989-07-18 Allied Colloids, Ltd. Polymeric particles, their manufacture and uses
US5100660A (en) 1989-04-21 1992-03-31 Allied Colloids Limited Thickened acidic aqueous compositions using cross-linked dialkylaminoacrylic microparticles
FR2679771A1 (en) 1991-08-01 1993-02-05 Oreal Use of an insoluble pigment obtained by oxidative polymerisation of indole derivatives for the temporary dyeing of keratinous fibres
US5236986A (en) 1991-02-27 1993-08-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Silicone polymers and water-dispersable, pasty silicone oil compositions comprising the same
US5412004A (en) 1991-11-21 1995-05-02 Kose Corporation Silicone polymer, paste-like silicone composition, and w/o-type cosmetic composition comprising the same
JPH09171154A (en) 1995-12-19 1997-06-30 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd Image input optical system and image input device using the same
US5811487A (en) 1996-12-16 1998-09-22 Dow Corning Corporation Thickening silicones with elastomeric silicone polyethers
US5837793A (en) 1996-03-22 1998-11-17 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Silicone rubber powder and method for the preparation thereof
EP0963751A2 (en) 1998-06-12 1999-12-15 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Company, Ltd. Cosmetic raw material, cosmetic product, and method for manufacturing cosmetic raw material
WO2003045337A2 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Cosmetic raw material, cosmetic product, and method for manufacturing a cosmetic product
EP1345919A2 (en) 2000-12-22 2003-09-24 L'oreal Novel c-glycoside derivatives and use thereof
WO2004024798A1 (en) 2002-09-12 2004-03-25 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Novel organopolysiloxane polymer, pasty composition, and cosmetic preparation containing the composition
EP1411069A2 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-21 L'oreal Block copolymers and cosmetic compositions containing such polymers
WO2004055081A2 (en) 2002-12-12 2004-07-01 L'oreal Composition for coating keratin fibres, comprising a dispersion of polymer particles
WO2015091513A1 (en) 2013-12-17 2015-06-25 L'oreal Dispersion of polymer particles in a non-aqueous medium and cosmetic use thereof
US20170326044A1 (en) * 2014-11-24 2017-11-16 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a synthetic phyllosilicate and an electrolyte and/or a polyelectrolyte
US20190358132A1 (en) * 2016-12-15 2019-11-28 Schwan-Stabilo Cosmetics Gmbh & Co. Kg Cosmetic preparation in gel form
US20200276093A1 (en) * 2019-02-28 2020-09-03 L'oreal Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use

Patent Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4599379A (en) 1984-01-17 1986-07-08 Allied Colloids Ltd. Process for the production of polymers and aqueous solutions thereof
US4628078A (en) 1984-06-12 1986-12-09 Allied Colloids Ltd. Acrylamide-dialkylaminoacrylate-dialkylaminomethacrylate cationic polyelectrolytes and their production
EP0228868A2 (en) 1985-12-18 1987-07-15 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Water Treatments Limited Copolymers and their use
US4849484A (en) 1986-09-22 1989-07-18 Allied Colloids, Ltd. Polymeric particles, their manufacture and uses
US4835206A (en) 1986-10-01 1989-05-30 Allied Colloids, Ltd. Water soluble polymeric compositions
EP0295886A2 (en) 1987-06-16 1988-12-21 Toray Silicone Company, Limited Facial cleansers
US5100660A (en) 1989-04-21 1992-03-31 Allied Colloids Limited Thickened acidic aqueous compositions using cross-linked dialkylaminoacrylic microparticles
US5236986A (en) 1991-02-27 1993-08-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Silicone polymers and water-dispersable, pasty silicone oil compositions comprising the same
FR2679771A1 (en) 1991-08-01 1993-02-05 Oreal Use of an insoluble pigment obtained by oxidative polymerisation of indole derivatives for the temporary dyeing of keratinous fibres
US5412004A (en) 1991-11-21 1995-05-02 Kose Corporation Silicone polymer, paste-like silicone composition, and w/o-type cosmetic composition comprising the same
JPH09171154A (en) 1995-12-19 1997-06-30 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd Image input optical system and image input device using the same
US5837793A (en) 1996-03-22 1998-11-17 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Silicone rubber powder and method for the preparation thereof
US5811487A (en) 1996-12-16 1998-09-22 Dow Corning Corporation Thickening silicones with elastomeric silicone polyethers
EP0963751A2 (en) 1998-06-12 1999-12-15 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Company, Ltd. Cosmetic raw material, cosmetic product, and method for manufacturing cosmetic raw material
EP1345919A2 (en) 2000-12-22 2003-09-24 L'oreal Novel c-glycoside derivatives and use thereof
WO2003045337A2 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Cosmetic raw material, cosmetic product, and method for manufacturing a cosmetic product
WO2004024798A1 (en) 2002-09-12 2004-03-25 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Novel organopolysiloxane polymer, pasty composition, and cosmetic preparation containing the composition
EP1411069A2 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-21 L'oreal Block copolymers and cosmetic compositions containing such polymers
WO2004055081A2 (en) 2002-12-12 2004-07-01 L'oreal Composition for coating keratin fibres, comprising a dispersion of polymer particles
WO2015091513A1 (en) 2013-12-17 2015-06-25 L'oreal Dispersion of polymer particles in a non-aqueous medium and cosmetic use thereof
US20170326044A1 (en) * 2014-11-24 2017-11-16 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a synthetic phyllosilicate and an electrolyte and/or a polyelectrolyte
US20190358132A1 (en) * 2016-12-15 2019-11-28 Schwan-Stabilo Cosmetics Gmbh & Co. Kg Cosmetic preparation in gel form
US20200276093A1 (en) * 2019-02-28 2020-09-03 L'oreal Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BRINKER C J.SCHERER G. W.: "Sol-Gel Science", 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024150992A1 (en) * 2023-01-09 2024-07-18 코스맥스 주식회사 Cosmetic composition comprising capsules and method for manufacturing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024501018A (en) 2024-01-10
EP4271358A1 (en) 2023-11-08
KR20230126731A (en) 2023-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12011494B2 (en) Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use
JP2021501192A (en) A composition having a satin luster effect that gives brightness, including particles of cellulose, boron nitride and a pearl brightener exhibiting satin luster.
US20210401702A1 (en) Cosmetic composition providing unique sensations
CN116997315A (en) Cosmetic composition for improving skin and use method thereof
ES2768686T3 (en) Water-in-oil emulsion for the care and / or makeup of keratin materials comprising microcapsules that encapsulate an oily dispersion of at least one reflecting agent
WO2022146701A1 (en) Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use
US20220202691A1 (en) Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use
EP4271352A1 (en) Skin perfecting compositions and methods of use
FR3121600A1 (en) SKIN PERFECTION COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
US11540997B2 (en) Skin perfecting cosmetic compositions and methods of use
US20210196586A1 (en) Skin tightening compositions and methods of use
FR3120196A1 (en) SKIN PERFECTION COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
US12109293B2 (en) Cosmetic compositions with high amounts of lactone polyols
FR3114026A1 (en) SKIN PERFECTION COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS and METHODS OF USE
EP4362908A1 (en) Cosmetic composition containing a rheological-modifying and stabilizing polymer blend
WO2023278511A1 (en) Cosmetic composition containing a rheological-modifying and stabilizing polymer blend
WO2024144987A1 (en) Skin perfecting and tightening compositions
CN118338891A (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a rheology-modified and stabilized polymer blend
FR3126312A1 (en) COSMETIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING A BLEND OF RHEOLOGY MODIFIER AND STABILIZER POLYMERS
BR112021016186B1 (en) COSMETIC COMPOSITION, METHOD OF IMPROVING THE APPEARANCE OF THE SKIN AND USE OF A COSMETIC COMPOSITION
FR3146806A1 (en) COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS containing large amounts of lactone polyols
US20240216253A1 (en) Skin perfecting compositions
KR20240097897A (en) Cosmetic composition containing a high dose of hydroxypropyl tetrahydropyrantriol

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21839300

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023539269

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237025657

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021839300

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230731

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180094872.7

Country of ref document: CN